P. 1
IS 803

IS 803

|Views: 42|Likes:
Published by Anish Pillai

More info:

Published by: Anish Pillai on May 30, 2012
Copyright:Attribution Non-commercial

Availability:

Read on Scribd mobile: iPhone, iPad and Android.
download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
See more
See less

05/30/2012

pdf

text

original

Sections

  • TABLE 1NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.5 m
  • 6.2 Design of Bottom Plates
  • FIG. 4TYPICAL LAYOUT OF TANK BOTTOM
  • 6.3 Design of Shell Plates
  • FIG. 6TYPICAL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL JOINTS
  • FIG. 7TYPICAL ROOF JOINTS
  • FIG. 8SOME PERMISSIBLE DETAILS OF COMPRESSION RINGS
  • 6.4 Designs of Roof
  • 7. APPURTENANCES AND MOUNTINGS
  • 8. SHOP FABRICATION AND INSPECTION
  • TABLE 10SHELL NOZZLES DIMENSIONAL DATA — Contd
  • FIG. 16TYPICAL WATER DRAW-OFF SUMP
  • 9. SITE ERECTION
  • 10. SITE WELDING
  • 11. RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF SHELL JOINTS
  • 12. TESTING OF TANKS
  • 12.1 Bottom Testing
  • 12.2 Shell Testing
  • 12.3 Fixed Roof Testing
  • 12.4 Repair of Leaks
  • FIG. 24DETAIL OF TYPICAL VACUUM BOX
  • INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY PURCHASER
  • TABLE 18THERMAL VENTING CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS

© BIS 2003

B U R E A U O F I N D I A N S T A N D A R D S
MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
IS : 803 - 1976
(Reaffirmed 2001)
Edition 2.1
(1984-11)
Price Group 14
Indian Standard
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR DESIGN,
FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF VERTICAL
MILD STEEL CYLINDRICAL WELDED
OIL STORAGE TANKS
( First Revision )
(Incorporating Amendment No. 1)
UDC 621.642.3 [669.141.24] : 665.5
( Reaffirmed 2006 )
IS : 803 - 1976
© BIS 2003
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
This publication is protected under the Indian Copyright Act (XIV of 1957) and
reproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written permission of the
publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.
Indian Standard
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR DESIGN,
FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF VERTICAL
MILD STEEL CYLINDRICAL WELDED
OIL STORAGE TANKS
( First Revision )
Structural Engineering Sectional Committee, SMBDC 7
Chairman Representing
DIRECTOR STANDARDS (CIVIL) Ministry of Railways
Members
SHRI L. N. AGRAWAL Industrial Fasteners Association of India, Calcutta
SHRI M. M. MURARKA ( Alternate )
SHRI A. K. BANERJEE Metallurgical and Engineering Consultants (India)
Ltd, Ranchi
SHRI S. SANKARAN ( Alternate )
SHRI P. C. BHASIN Ministry of Shipping & Transport [Department of
Transport (Roads Wing)]
SHRI A. S. BISHNOI ( Alternate )
SHRI V. S. BHIDE Central Water Commission, New Delhi
DEPUTY DIRECTOR (GATES &
DESIGN) ( Alternate )
DR P. N. CHATTERJEE Government of West Bengal
DR P. K. DAS Central Mechanical Engineering Research
Institute (CSIR), Durgapur
DR P. DAYARATNAM Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur
DEPUTY CITY ENGINEER (PLANNING
& DESIGN)
Bombay Municipal Corporation
SHRI G. F. KHAMBATTI ( Alternate )
SHRI D. S. DESAI M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
DIRECTOR (MERI) Irrigation & Power Department, Government of
Maharashtra
RESEARCH OFFICER ( Alternate )
DIRECTOR (TCD) Central Electricity Authority, New Delhi
SHRI P. V. N. IYENGER ( Alternate )
EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (CENTRAL
STORES DN NO. II)
Central Public Works Department, New Delhi
( Continued on page 2 )
IS : 803 - 1976
2
( Continued from page 1 )
Members Representing
SHRI M. M. GHOSH Stewarts & Lloyds of India Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
SHRI S. C. GHOSH ( Alternate )
SHRI A. G. GONSALVES Bridge & Roof Co (India) Ltd, Howrah
SHRI S. S. BOSE ( Alternate )
SHRI G. S. IYER The Hindustan Construction Co Ltd, Bombay
SHRI S. M. GULATEE ( Alternate )
DR O. P. JAIN Institution of Engineers (India), Calcutta
JOINT DIRECTOR STANDARDS (B & S)Ministry of Railways
DEPUTY DIRECTOR (B & S) ( Alternate )
SHRI OM KHOSLA Electrical Manufacturing Co Ltd, Calcutta
SHRI S. N. SINGH ( Alternate )
PROF K. D. MAHAJAN Engineer-in-Chief’s Branch, Army Headquarters
PROF B. V. RAMASWAMY ( Alternate )
SHRI P. K. MALLICK Jessop & Co Ltd, Calcutta
DR S. K. MALLICK Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur
SHRI N. V. MANAY Mantons (Bangalore) Pvt Ltd, Bangalore
SHRI G. C. MATHUR National Buildings Organisation, New Delhi
SHRI K. S. SRINIVASAN ( Alternate )
SHRI A. K. MITRA Hindustan Steel Ltd, Durgapur
SHRI P. K. MUKHERJEE Braithwaite & Co (India) Ltd, Calcutta
SHRI P. T. PATEL ( Alternate )
SHRI R. NARAYANAN Structural Engineering Research Centre (CSIR),
Roorkee
SHRI T. N. SUBBA RAO Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi
DR D. JHONSON VICTOR ( Alternate )
REPRESENTATIVE Burn & Co Ltd, Howrah
SHRI A. P. KAYAL ( Alternate )
REPRESENTATIVE Public Works Department, Government of West
Bengal, Calcutta
REPRESENTATIVE Richardson & Cruddas Ltd, Bombay
SHRI P. V. NAIK ( Alternate )
PROF P. K. SOM Jadavpur University, Calcutta
SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER
(PLANNING & DESIGN CIRCLE)
Government of Tamil Nadu
EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (BUILD-
ING CENTRE DIVISION) ( Alternate )
SHRI M. D. TAMBEKAR Bombay Port Trust, Bombay
SHRI K. VEERARAGHVACHARY Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd, Tiruchirapalli
SHRI S. N. VOHRA Inspection Wing, Directorate General of Supplies &
Disposals (Ministry of Industry & Civil
Supplies)
SHRI S. N. BASU ( Alternate )
SHRI L. D. WADHWA Engineers India Ltd, New Delhi
SHRI B. B. NAG ( Alternate )
SHRI C. R. RAMA RAO,
Director (Struc & Met)
Director General, ISI ( Ex-officio Member )
Secretary
SHRI S. S. SETHI
Assistant Director (Struc & Met), ISI
( Continued on page 3 )
IS : 803 - 1976
3
( Continued from page 2 )
Panel for Mild Steel Tanks for Storage of Oils and Design
and Construction of Floating Roofs of Open Tanks for
Oil Storage, SMBDC 7/P-1
Members Representing
SHRI S. K. HAZRA Engineers India Ltd, New Delhi
SHRI A. S. MANGAT ( Alternate )
SHRI V. JAMBUNATHAN Indian Refineries Ltd, New Delhi
SHRI C. O. KESWANI Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd, Bombay
SHRI V. H. KHAKHAR Caltex (India) Ltd, Bombay
SHRI M. BALAKRISHNA ( Alternate )
SHRI R. V. RAGHAVAN Vijay Tanks & Vessels Pvt Ltd, Bombay
SHRI T. K. RAMANATHAN Triveni Structurals Ltd, Allahabad
SHRI V. R. K. MURTHY ( Alternate )
SHRI A. P. RAO Bharat Heavy Plate & Vessels Ltd, Visakhapatnam
SHRI V. S. PRASADA RAO ( Alternate )
SHRI M. RAMA RAO Indian Oil Corporation, Bombay
SHRI S. K. SANGAR ( Alternate )
SHRI P. C. SILAICHIA Bharat Refineries Ltd, Bombay
SHRI K. S. SUBBANA ( Alternate )
IS : 803 - 1976
4
C O N T E N T S
PAGE
0. FOREWORD 6
1. SCOPE 7
2. DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS 7
3. GENERAL 10
4. MATERIALS 10
5. PERMISSIBLE STRESSES 16
6. DESIGN 16
6.1 Foundation 17
6.2 Design of Bottom Plates 17
6.3 Design of Shell Plates 22
6.4 Designs of Roof 36
6.5 Floating Roof 39
7. APPURTENANCES AND MOUNTINGS 39
8. SHOP FABRICATION AND INSPECTION 49
9. SITE ERECTION 60
10. SITE WELDING 63
11. RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF SHELL JOINTS 65
12. TESTING OF TANKS 69
12.1 Bottom Testing 69
12.2 Shell Testing 70
12.3 Fixed Roof Testing 70
12.4 Repair of Leaks 70
APPENDIX A INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY PURCHASER 76
APPENDIX B ALTERNATE DESIGN FOR TANK SHELLS 77
APPENDIX C VENT SIZING FOR ATMOSPHERIC AND LOW PRESSURE
TANKS 82
APPENDIX D FLOATING ROOFS 88
TABLES 1-3 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS 11a-12a
TABLES 4-6 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS
FOR TYPICAL TANKS 12b-13b
TABLE 7 SECTION MODULUS OF WIND GIRDERS 32-35
TABLE 8 SHELL MANHOLE COVER PLATE AND BOLTING
FLANGE THICKNESS 45
TABLE 9 SHELL MANHOLE DIMENSIONAL DATA 46
TABLE 10 SHELL NOZZLES DIMENSIONAL DATA 50-51
TABLE 11 ROOF MANHOLES 51
TABLE 12 ROOF NOZZLES 52
IS : 803 - 1976
5
PAGE
TABLE 13 DETAIL OF DRAIN PAD FOR ELEVATED TANKS 54
TABLE 14 FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS 55
TABLE 15 THICKNESS OF COVER PLATE, BOLTING FLANGE AND
REINFORCING PLATE FOR FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT
FITTINGS 56
TABLE 16 THICKNESS AND HEIGHT OF SHELL REINFORCING
PLATE FOR CLEANOUT FITTINGS 56
TABLE 17 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE POROSITY INDICATIONS IN
RADIOGRAPHS PER 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD 69
TABLE 18 THERMAL VENTING CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS 86
TABLE 19 TOTAL RATE OF EMERGENCY VENTING REQUIRED FOR
FIRE EXPOSURE VERSUS WETTED SURFACE AREA 87
FIGURE 1 TYPICAL FIXED ROOF TANK SHOWING STANDARD
APPURTENANCES 8
FIGURE 2 TYPICAL OPEN TOP TANK WITH FLOATING ROOF —
SECTIONAL VIEW 9
FIGURE 3 TYPICAL FOUNDATIONS 18
FIGURE 4 TYPICAL LAYOUT OF TANK BOTTOM 19
FIGURE 5 BOTTOM PLATE ARRANGEMENT UNDER TANK SHELL 20
FIGURE 6 TYPICAL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL JOINTS 25
FIGURE 7 TYPICAL ROOF JOINTS 26
FIGURE 8 SOME PERMISSIBLE DETAILS OF COMPRESSION RINGS 28
FIGURE 9 RECOMMENDED LAYOUT OF COLUMNS FOR NORMAL
SIZE TANKS 40
FIGURE 10 TYPICAL COLUMN AND GIRDER ATTACHMENT
DETAILS 41
FIGURE 11 TYPICAL SHELL MANHOLES 44
FIGURE 12 TYPICAL SHELL NOZZLES 47
FIGURE 13 SHELL NOZZLE FLANGES 49
FIGURE 14 TYPICAL ROOF MANHOLE 52
FIGURE 15 TYPICAL ROOF NOZZLES 53
FIGURE 16 TYPICAL WATER DRAW-OFF SUMP 54
FIGURE 17 TYPICAL DRAIN PAD FOR ELEVATED TANKS 55
FIGURE 18 TYPICAL FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS 57
FIGURE 19 TYPICAL GAUGE-WELL INSTALLATION ON EXISTING
NOZZLE OF CONE ROOF TANKS 58
FIGURES 20-23 RADIOGRAPHIC POROSITY STANDARDS 71-74
FIGURE 24 DETAIL OF TYPICAL VACUUM BOX 75
FIGURE 25 INSERT TYPE REINFORCEMENT FOR MANHOLES AND
NOZZLES 80
IS : 803 - 1976
6
Indian Standard
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR DESIGN,
FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF VERTICAL
MILD STEEL CYLINDRICAL WELDED
OIL STORAGE TANKS
( First Revision )
0. F O R E W O R D
0.1 This Indian Standard (First Revision) was adopted by the Indian
Standards Institution on 27 September 1976, after the draft finalized by
the Structural Engineering Sectional Committee had been approved by
the Structural and Metals Division Council and Civil Engineering
Division Council.
0.2 This code has been prepared with a view to providing the petroleum
industry with tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy which
can be built in any size required to meet the needs of the industry subject
to limitations given in the code and also to establishing uniform practice
for design, fabrication, erection, testing and inspection of oil storage
tanks.
0.3 This code does not present nor it is contemplated to establish, a fixed
series of allowable tank sizes; but it is intended to promote the selection
by the purchaser, of the size of tank that may be required to meet his
particular need.
0.4 This standard was first published in 1962. The following
modifications have been made in this revision:
a) The use of steel conforming to IS : 226-1975*, IS : 2002-1962†,
IS : 2041-1962‡ and IS : 961-1975§ has been permitted in addition to
steel conforming to IS : 2062-1969||.
b) Provisions regarding design of various members of the tank have
been elaborated, an appendix dealing with the alternate design for
tank shell has been included.
c) Provisions regarding radiographic inspection of shell joints have
been made.
d) An appendix dealing with the normal and emergency venting
requirements of the tanks has been added.
*Specification for structural steel (standard quality) ( fifth revision ).
†Specification for steel plates for boilers.
‡Specification for steel plates for pressure vessels.
§Specification for structural steel (high tensile) ( second revision ).
|| Specification for structural steel (fusion welding quality) ( first revision ).
IS : 803 - 1976
7
e) An appendix furnishing the design and construction requirements of
pontoon type, double deck type floating roof tanks has also been
included in this code.
0.5 This edition 2.1 incorporates Amendment No. 1 (November 1984).
Side bar indicates modification of the text as the result of incorporation of
the amendment.
0.6 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this
code is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing
the result of a test, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*.
The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should
be the same as that of the specified value in this code.
1. SCOPE
1.1 This code covers materials, design, fabrication, erection and testing
requirements for mild steel cylindrical welded oil storage tanks in various
sizes and capacities, for erection above ground, of the following designs:
a) Fixed roof tanks ( see Fig. 1 ) having no internal pressure or nominal
internal pressure where the resultant upward force does not exceed
the nominal weight of metal in tank shell, roof and any framing
supported by the shell or roof; and
b) Open top tanks ( see Fig. 2 ).
1.1.1 This code specifies the use of only butt welded shells and includes
reference to appurtenances and mountings.
1.2 This code is complementary to IS : 800-1962† and IS : 816-1969‡.
Provisions regarding permissible stresses, design, fabrication and
erection as included in IS : 800-1962† shall apply unless specified
otherwise in this code.
1.3 This code is intended to guide both purchasers and manufacturers of
petroleum products storage tanks. Provisions of this code may also be
applied to design and construct tanks for storage of water, acids and
chemicals. In such cases, special considerations regarding lining,
corrosion allowance and foundation shall be made while designing the
tanks for the intended service.
2. DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS
2.1 For the purpose of this code, the definitions for welding terms
employed in this standard shall be according to IS : 812-1957§.
2.2 Symbols for welding used on plans and drawings shall be according to
IS : 813-1961||.
*Rules for rounding off numerical values ( revised ).
†Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building construction ( revised ).
‡Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel
( first revision ).
§Glossary of terms relating to welding and cutting of metals.
|| Scheme of symbols for welding ( amended ).
I
S
:
8
0
3
-
1
9
7
6
8
FIG. 1 TYPICAL FIXED ROOF TANK SHOWING STANDARD APPURTENANCES
I
S
:
8
0
3
-
1
9
7
6
9
FIG. 2 TYPICAL OPEN TOP TANK WITH FLOATING ROOF — SECTIONAL VIEW
IS : 803 - 1976
10
3. GENERAL
3.1 Tanks may be manufactured from suitable sizes of plates which have
been covered in IS : 1730 (Part I)-1975*.
3.2 Tables 1 to 6 ( see P 11 to 13 ) present for ready reference, typical data
in regard to nominal sizes, nominal capacities and shell plate thicknesses
for tanks which may be built in accordance with this code.
3.3 Enquiries or Order Form — With a view to facilitating the
manufacture and supply of welded oil storage tanks, certain detailed
information is to be supplied to the manufacturer. The information so
required is listed in Appendix A.
4. MATERIALS
4.0 General — Unless mutually agreed otherwise, the material for the
construction of oil storage tanks shall conform to Indian Standards where
applicable.
4.1 Plates — Plates used in tank construction shall conform to any one of
the following specifications:
IS : 226-1975 Structural steel (standard quality) ( fifth revision )
(For up to 20 mm thickness. Thicker plates may be used provided
the manufacturer establishes appropriate welding procedures
recommended in IS : 823-1964† to the satisfaction of the purchaser)
IS : 961-1975 Structural steel (high tensile) ( second revision )
IS : 2002-1962 Steel plates for boilers (Grade 2B)
IS : 2041-1962 Steel plates for pressure vessels
IS : 2062-1969 Structural steel (fusion welding quality) ( first revision )
4.1.1 Plates for use in the manufacture of tanks shall be on thickness
basis which are determined by design computations. Shell plates, for
which minimum thicknesses are fixed in 6.3.3 for practical reasons and
which will not underrun the theoretical required thickness by more than
the minus tolerance specified in 1852-1973‡ and roof and bottom plates
may be specified on weight basis. The plate thicknesses as stipulated in
this standard are minimum; thicker or heavier material may be required
depending on the nature of stored product, and the environment where
the tank is located.
4.1.2 Steel conforming to IS : 1977-1975§ may also be used in tank
construction subject to limitations under 0.3 of that specification.
*Dimensions for steel plate, sheet and strip for structural and general engineering
purposes: Part I Plate ( first revision ).
†Code of procedure for manual metal arc welding of mild steel.
‡Specification for rolling and cutting tolerances for hot-rolled steel products ( second
revision ).
§Specification for structural steel (ordinary quality) ( second revision ).
I
S
:
8
0
3
-
1
9
7
6
TABLE 1 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.5 m
( Clause 3.2 )
TANK DIAMETER, m 3.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.5 9.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22 24 26 28 30 32
TANK HEIGHT, m NOMINAL CAPACITY, kl
1.5
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
12.0
13.5
15.0
16.5
18.0
10
21
31
42
52
63
74
84
95
105
116
127
23
47
71
95
119
143
166
190
214
238
262
286
29
58
88
117
147
176
206
235
264
294
323
353
42
84
127
169
211
254
296
339
381
423
466
508
66
132
198
264
331
397
463
529
596
662
728
7 948
95
190
286
381
476
572
667
763
858
953
1 049
1 144
117
235
353
471
588
706
824
942
1 059
1 177
1 295
1 413
169
339
508
678
847
1 017
1 186
1 356
1 526
1 695
1 865
2 034
230
461
692
923
1 153
1 384
1 615
1 846
2 077
2 307
2 538
2 769
301
602
904
1 205
1 507
1 808
2 110
2 411
2 712
3 014
3 315
3 617
381
763
1 144
1 526
1 907
2 289
2 670
3 052
3 433
3 815
4 196
4 578
471
942
1 413
1 884
2 355
2 826
3 297
3 768
4 239
4 710
5 181
5 652
569
1 139
1 709
2 279
2 849
3 419
3 989
4 559
5 129
5 699
6 269
6 838
678
1 356
2 034
2 712
3 391
4 069
4 747
5 425
6 104
6 782
7 460
8 138
795
1 591
2 387
3 183
3 979
4 775
5 571
6 367
7 163
7 959
8 755
9 551
923
1 846
2 769
3 692
4 615
5 538
6 462
7 385
8 308
9 231
10 154
11 077
1 059
2 119
3 179
4 239
5 298
6 358
7 418
8 478
9 537
10 597
11 657
12 717
1 205
2 411
3 617
4 823
6 028
7 234
8 440
9 646
10 851
12 057
13 263
14 469
( Continued )
TABLE 1 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.5 m — Contd
TANK DIAMETER, m 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 78 82
TANK HEIGHT, m NOMINAL CAPACITY, kl
1.5
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
12.0
13.5
15.0
16.5
18.0
1 361
2 722
4 083
5 444
6 805
8 167
9 528
10 889
12 250
13 611
14 973
16 334
1 526
3 052
4 578
6 104
7 630
9 156
10 682
12 208
13 734
15 260
16 786
18 312
1 700
3 400
5 100
6 801
8 501
10 201
11 902
13 602
15 302
17 003
18 703
20 403
1 884
3 768
5 652
7 536
9 420
11 304
13 188
15 072
16 956
18 840
20 724
22 608
2 077
4 154
6 231
8 308
10 385
12 462
14 539
16 616
18 693
20 771
22 848
24 925
2 279
4 559
6 838
9 118
11 398
13 677
15 957
18 237
20 516
22 796
25 076
27 355
2 491
4 983
7 474
9 966
12 457
14 949
17 441
19 932
22 424
24 915
27 407
29 899
2 712
5 425
8 138
10 851
13 564
16 277
18 990
21 703
24 416
27 129
29 842
32 555
2 943
5 887
8 831
11 775
14 718
17 662
20 606
23 550
26 493
29 437
32 381
35 325
3 433
6 867
10 300
13 734
17 167
20 601
24 035
27 468
30 902
34 335
37 769
41 203
3 961
7 922
11 883
15 844
19 805
23 766
27 727
31 688
35 649
39 611
43 572
47 533
4 526
9 052
13 578
18 105
22 631
27 157
31 684
36 210
40 736
45 263
49 789
54 315
5 129
10 258
15 387
20 516
25 645
30 775
35 904
41 033
46 162
51 291
56 421
61 550
5 769
11 539
17 309
23 079
28 848
34 618
40 388
46 158
51 927
57 697
63 467
69 237
6 447
12 895
19 343
25 791
32 239
38 687
45 135
51 583
58 031
64 479
70 927
77 375
7 163
14 327
21 491
28 655
35 819
42 983
50 147
57 311
64 475
71 639
78 803
85 966
7 917
15 835
23 752
31 670
39 587
47 505
55 422
63 340
71 257
79 175
87 092
95 010
1
1
a
I
S
:
8
0
3
-
1
9
7
6
TABLE 2 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.8 m
( Clause 3.2 )
TANK DIAMETER, m 3.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.5 9.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 30.0 32.0
TANK HEIGHT, m NOMINAL CAPACITY, kl
1.8
3.6
5.4
7.2
9.0
10.8
12.6
14.4
16.2
18.0
19.8
21.6
12
25
38
50
63
76
89
101
114
127
139
152
28
57
85
114
143
171
200
228
257
286
314
345
35
70
105
141
176
211
247
282
317
353
388
423
50
101
152
203
254
305
356
406
457
508
559
610
79
158
238
317
397
476
556
635
715
794
874
953
114
228
343
457
572
686
801
915
1 030
1 444
1 258
1 373
141
282
423
565
706
847
989
1 130
1 271
1 413
1 554
1 695
203
406
610
813
1 017
1 220
1 424
1 627
1 831
2 034
2 238
2 441
276
553
830
1 107
1 384
1 661
1 938
2 215
2 492
2 769
3 046
3 323
361
723
1 085
1 446
1 808
2 170
2 532
2 893
3 255
3 617
3 979
4 340
457
915
1 375
1 831
2 289
2 746
3 204
3 662
4 120
4 578
5 035
5 493
565
1 130
1 695
2 260
2 826
3 391
3 956
4 521
5 086
5 652
6 217
6 782
683
1 367
2 051
2 735
3 419
4 103
4 787
5 471
6 155
6 838
7 522
8 206
813
1 627
2 441
3 255
4 069
4 883
5 697
6 511
7 324
8 138
8 952
9 766
955
1 900
2 865
3 820
4 775
5 731
6 686
7 641
8 596
9 551
10 507
11 462
1 107
2 215
3 323
4 431
5 538
6 646
7 754
8 862
9 970
11 077
12 185
13 293
1 271
2 543
3 815
5 086
6 358
7 630
8 901
10 173
11 445
12 717
13 988
15 260
1 446
2 893
4 340
5 787
7 234
8 681
10 128
11 575
13 022
14 469
15 916
17 362
( Continued )
TABLE 2 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.8 m — Contd
TANK DIAMETER, m 34.0 36.0 38.0 40.0 42.0 44.0 46.0 48.0 50.0 54.0 58.0 62.0 66.0 70.0 74.0 78.0 82.0
TANK HEIGHT, m NOMINAL CAPACITY, kl
1.8
3.6
5.4
7.2
9.0
10.8
12.6
14.4
16.2
18.0
19.8
21.6
1 633
3 266
4 900
6 533
8 167
9 800
11 433
13 067
14 700
16 334
17 967
19 601
1 831
3 662
5 493
7 324
9 156
10 987
12 818
14 649
16 481
18 312
20 143
21 974
2 040
4 080
6 121
8 161
10 201
12 242
14 282
16 322
18 363
20 403
22 444
24 484
2 260
4 521
6 782
9 043
11 304
13 564
15 825
18 086
20 347
22 608
24 868
27 129
2 492
4 985
7 477
9 970
12 462
14 955
17 447
19 940
22 432
24 925
27 417
29 910
2 735
5 471
8 206
10 942
13 677
16 413
19 148
21 884
24 620
27 355
30 091
32 826
2 989
5 979
8 969
11 959
14 949
17 939
20 929
23 919
26 909
29 899
32 888
35 897
3 255
6 511
9 766
13 022
16 277
19 533
22 788
26 044
29 299
32 555
35 811
39 066
3 532
7 065
10 597
14 130
17 662
21 195
24 727
28 260
31 792
35 325
38 857
42 390
4 120
8 240
12 360
16 481
20 601
24 721
28 842
32 962
37 082
41 203
45 323
49 443
4 753
9 506
14 259
19 013
23 766
28 519
33 273
38 026
42 779
47 533
52 286
57 039
5 431
10 863
16 294
21 726
27 157
32 589
38 021
43 452
48 884
54 315
59 747
65 178
6 155
12 310
18 465
24 620
30 775
36 930
43 085
49 240
55 395
61 550
67 705
73 860
6 923
13 847
20 771
27 694
34 618
41 542
48 465
55 389
62 313
69 273
76 160
83 084
7 737
15 475
23 212
30 950
38 687
46 425
54 163
61 900
69 638
77 375
85 113
92 851
8 596
17 193
25 790
34 386
42 983
51 580
60 176
68 773
77 370
85 966
94 563
103 160
9 501
19 002
28 503
38 004
47 505
57 006
66 507
76 008
85 509
95 010
104 511
114 012
1
1
b
I
S
:
8
0
3
-
1
9
7
6
TABLE 3 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 2.0 m
( Clause 3.2 )
TANK DIAMETER, m 3.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.5 9.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 30.0 32.0
TANK HEIGHT, m NOMINAL CAPACITY, kl
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
14
28
42
56
70
84
98
113
127
141
155
31
63
95
127
159
190
222
254
286
318
349
39
78
117
157
196
235
274
314
353
392
431
56
113
169
226
282
339
395
452
508
565
622
88
176
265
353
441
530
618
706
795
883
971
127
254
381
508
636
763
890
1 017
1 145
1 272
1 399
157
314
471
628
785
942
1 099
1 256
1 413
1 570
1 727
226
452
678
904
1 130
1 357
1 583
1 809
2 035
2 261
2 488
307
615
923
1 231
1 539
1 847
2 155
2 463
2 770
3 078
3 386
402
804
1 206
1 608
2 010
2 412
2 814
3 216
3 619
4 021
4 423
508
1 017
1 526
2 035
2 544
3 053
3 562
4 071
4 580
5 089
5 598
628
1 256
1 884
2 513
3 141
3 769
4 398
5 026
5 654
6 283
6 911
760
1 520
2 280
3 041
3 801
4 561
5 321
6 082
6 842
7 602
8 362
904
1 059
2 714
3 619
4 523
5 428
6 333
7 238
8 143
9 047
9 952
1 089
2 123
3 185
4 247
5 309
6 371
7 433
8 494
9 556
10 618
11 680
1 231
2 463
3 694
4 956
6 157
7 389
8 620
9 852
11 083
12 315
13 546
1 413
2 827
4 241
5 654
7 068
8 482
9 896
11 309
12 723
14 137
15 550
1 608
3 217
4 825
6 434
8 042
9 650
11 259
12 867
14 476
16 084
17 693
( Continued )
TABLE 3 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 2.0 m — Contd
TANK DIAMETER, m 34.0 36.0 38.0 40.0 42.0 44.0 46.0 48.0 50.0 54.0 58.0 62.0 66.0 70.0 74.0 78.0 82.0
TANK HEIGHT, m NOMINAL CAPACITY, kl
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
1 815
3 631
5 447
7 263
9 079
10 895
12 710
14 526
16 342
18 158
19 974
2 035
4 071
6 107
8 143
10 178
12 214
14 250
16 286
18 321
20 357
22 393
2 268
4 536
6 804
9 072
11 341
13 609
15 877
18 145
20 414
22 682
24 950
2 513
5 026
7 539
11 053
12 566
15 079
17 592
20 106
22 619
25 132
27 646
2 770
5 541
8 312
11 083
13 854
16 625
19 396
22 167
24 937
27 708
30 479
3 041
6 082
9 123
12 164
15 205
18 246
21 287
24 328
27 369
30 410
33 451
3 323
6 647
9 971
13 295
16 619
19 842
23 266
26 590
29 914
33 239
36 561
3 619
7 238
10 857
14 476
18 095
21 714
25 333
28 952
32 572
36 191
39 810
3 927
7 854
11 781
15 707
19 634
23 561
27 488
31 415
35 342
39 269
43 196
4 580
9 160
13 741
18 321
22 902
27 482
32 063
36 643
41 224
45 804
50 384
5 284
10 568
15 852
21 136
26 420
31 704
36 989
42 273
47 575
52 841
58 125
6 038
12 076
18 114
24 152
30 190
36 228
42 267
48 305
54 343
60 381
66 419
6 842
13 684
20 572
27 369
34 211
41 054
47 896
54 739
61 581
68 423
75 266
7 696
15 393
23 090
30 787
38 484
46 181
53 878
61 575
69 272
76 969
84 665
8 601
17 203
25 805
34 406
43 008
51 610
60 211
68 813
77 415
86 016
94 618
9 556
19 113
28 670
38 226
47 783
57 340
66 897
76 453
86 010
95 520
105 124
10 562
21 124
31 686
42 248
52 810
63 372
73 934
84 496
95 058
105 620
116 182
1
2
a
I
S
:
8
0
3
-
1
9
7
6
TABLE 4 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.5 m
(Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062; E = 0.85 and sp gr = 1; excluding corrosion allowance)
( Clause 3.2 )
TANK DIAMETER, m 3.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.5 9.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 30.0 32.0
TANK HEIGHT, m PLATE THICKNESS, mm
1.5
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
12.0
13.5
15.0
16.5
18.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.1
5.6
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.1
5.7
6.2
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.5
6.2
6.8
7.4
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.7
6.5
7.2
7.9
8.7
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.6
7.4
8.2
9.1
9.9
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.4
7.4
8.3
9.3
10.2
11.2
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.1
7.1
8.2
9.2
10.3
11.3
12.4
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.7
7.9
9.0
10.2
11.3
12.5
13.6
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.1
7.3
8.6
9.8
11.1
12.4
13.6
14.9
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.6
7.9
9.3
10.7
12.0
13.4
14.7
16.1
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.1
8.5
10.0
11.5
12.9
14.4
15.9
17.4
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.6
9.1
10.7
12.3
13.9
15.4
17.0
18.6
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.4
8.1
9.7
11.4
13.1
14.8
16.5
18.2
19.8
( Continued )
TABLE 4 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.5 m — Contd
(Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062; E = 0.85 and sp gr = 1; excluding corrosion allowance)
TANK DIAMETER, m 34.0 36.0 38.0 40.0 42.0 44.0 46.0 48.0 50.0 54.0 58.0 62.0 66.0 70.0 74.0 78.0 82.0
TANK HEIGHT, m PLATE THICKNESS, mm
1.5
3.0
4.5
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.5
12.0
13.5
15.0
16.5
18.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.8
8.6
10.4
12.1
13.9
15.7
17.5
18.3
21.1
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.2
9.1
11.0
12.9
14.7
16.6
18.5
20.4
22.3
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.6
9.6
11.6
13.6
15.6
17.6
19.6
21.6
23.6
6.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
10.1
12.2
14.3
16.4
18.5
20.6
22.7
24.8
6.0
6.0
6.2
8.4
10.6
12.8
15.0
17.2
19.4
21.6
23.8
26.0
6.0
6.0
6.5
8.8
11.1
13.4
15.7
18.0
20.3
22.6
25.0
27.3
6.0
6.0
6.8
9.2
11.6
14.0
16.4
18.8
21.3
23.7
26.1
28.5
6.0
6.0
7.1
9.6
12.1
14.6
17.1
19.7
22.2
24.7
27.2
29.7
6.0
6.0
7.4
10.0
12.6
15.2
17.9
20.5
23.1
25.7
28.4
31.0
6.0
6.0
7.9
10.8
13.6
16.4
19.8
22.1
25.0
27.8
30.6
33.5
6.0
6.0
8.5
11.6
14.6
17.7
20.7
23.8
26.8
29.9
32.9
35.8
6.0
6.0
9.1
12.4
15.6
18.9
22.1
25.4
28.7
31.9
35.2
38.4
6.0
6.2
9.7
13.2
16.6
20.1
23.6
27.0
30.5
34.0
37.4

6.0
6.6
10.3
14.0
17.6
21.3
25.0
28.7
32.4
36.0
39.7

6.0
7.0
10.9
14.8
18.7
22.5
26.4
30.3
34.2
38.1


6.0
7.4
11.5
15.6
19.7
23.8
27.9
32.0
36.1



6.0
7.8
12.1
16.4
20.7
25.0
29.3
33.6
37.9



1
2
b
I
S
:
8
0
3
-
1
9
7
6
TABLE 5 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.8 m
(Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062; E = 0.85 and sp gr = 1; excluding corrosion allowance)
( Clause 3.2 )
TANK DIAMETER, m 3.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.5 9.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 30.0 32.0
TANK HEIGHT, m PLATE THICKNESS, mm
1.8
3.6
5.4
7.2
9.0
10.8
12.6
14.4
16.2
18.0
19.8
21.6
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.1
5.6
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.6
6.1
6.7
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.6
6.2
6.8
7.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.2
5.9
6.7
7.4
8.2
8.9
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.1
6.0
6.9
7.8
8.7
9.6
10.4
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.9
7.9
8.9
9.9
10.9
11.9
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.6
7.8
8.9
10.0
11.1
12.3
13.4
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.1
7.4
8.6
9.9
11.1
12.4
13.7
14.9
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.7
8.1
9.5
10.9
12.2
13.6
15.0
16.4
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.3
8.8
10.3
11.8
13.4
14.9
16.4
17.9
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.3
7.9
9.6
11.2
12.8
14.5
16.1
17.8
19.4
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.8
8.5
10.3
12.1
13.8
15.6
17.4
19.1
20.9
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.2
9.1
11.0
12.9
14.8
16.7
18.6
20.5
22.4
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.7
9.7
11.8
13.8
15.8
17.8
19.8
21.8
23.7
( Continued )
TABLE 5 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.8 m — Contd
(Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062; E = 0.85 and sp gr = 1; excluding corrosion allowance)
TANK DIAMETER, m 34.0 36.0 38.0 40.0 42.0 44.0 46.0 48.0 50.0 54.0 58.0 62.0 66.0 70.0 74.0 78.0 82.0
TANK HEIGHT, m PLATE THICKNESS, mm
1.8
3.6
5.4
7.2
9.0
10.8
12.6
14.4
16.2
18.0
19.8
21.6
6.0
6.0
6.1
8.2
10.4
12.5
14.6
16.8
18.9
21.1
23.2
25.4
6.0
6.0
6.4
8.7
11.0
13.2
15.5
17.8
20.0
22.3
24.6
26.8
6.0
6.0
6.8
9.2
11.6
14.0
16.4
18.8
21.2
23.6
25.9
28.3
6.0
6.0
7.1
9.7
12.2
14.7
17.2
19.7
22.3
24.8
27.3
29.8
6.0
6.0
7.5
10.1
12.8
15.4
18.1
20.7
23.4
26.0
28.7
31.3
6.0
6.0
7.9
10.6
13.4
16.2
18.9
21.7
24.5
27.3
30.0
32.8
6.0
6.0
8.2
11.1
14.0
16.9
19.8
22.7
25.6
28.5
31.4
34.3
6.0
6.0
8.6
11.6
14.6
17.6
20.7
23.7
26.7
29.7
32.8
35.8
6.0
6.0
8.9
12.1
15.2
18.4
21.5
24.7
27.8
31.0
34.1
37.3
6.0
6.2
9.6
13.0
16.4
19.9
23.3
26.7
30.1
33.5
36.9

6.0
6.7
10.4
14.0
17.7
21.3
25.0
28.6
32.3
35.9
39.6

6.0
7.2
11.1
15.0
18.9
22.8
26.7
30.6
34.5
38.4


6.0
7.6
11.8
15.9
20.1
24.3
28.4
32.6
36.7



6.0
8.1
12.5
16.9
21.3
25.7
30.1
34.6
39.0



6.0
8.6
13.2
17.9
22.5
27.2
31.9
36.5




6.0
9.0
13.9
18.8
23.8
28.7
33.6
38.5




6.0
9.5
14.6
19.8
25.0
30.1
35.3





1
3
a
I
S
:
8
0
3
-
1
9
7
6
TABLE 6 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 2.0 m
(Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062; E = 0.85 and sp gr = 1; excluding corrosion allowance)
( Clause 3.2 )
TANK DIAMETER, m 3.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 7.5 9.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0 30.0 32.0
TANK HEIGHT, m PLATE THICKNESS, mm
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.2
5.7
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.6
6.2
6.8
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.5
6.2
6.9
7.6
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.8
6.6
7.4
8.3
9.1
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.7
6.7
7.7
8.7
9.7
10.6
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.6
7.7
8.8
9.9
11.0
12.2
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.1
7.4
8.6
9.9
11.2
12.4
13.7
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.8
8.2
9.6
11.0
12.4
13.8
15.2
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.5
9.0
10.0
12.1
13.6
15.2
16.7
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.5
8.2
9.8
11.5
13.2
14.9
16.6
18.2
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.0
8.8
10.7
12.5
14.3
16.1
17.9
19.8
6.0
6.0
6.0
7.5
9.5
11.5
13.4
15.4
17.4
19.0
21.3
6.0
6.0
6.0
8.1
10.2
12.3
14.4
16.5
18.6
20.7
22.8
6.0
6.0
6.4
8.6
10.9
13.1
15.6
17.6
19.8
22.1
24.3
( Continued )
TABLE 6 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 2.0 m — Contd
(Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062; E = 0.85 and sp gr = 1; excluding corrosion allowance)
( Clause 3.2 )
TANK DIAMETER, m 34.0 36.0 38.0 40.0 42.0 44.0 46.0 48.0 50.0 54.0 58.0 62.0 66.0 70.0 74.0 78.0 82.0
TANK HEIGHT, m PLATE THICKNESS, mm
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
6.0
6.0
6.8
9.2
11.5
13.9
16.3
18.7
21.1
23.5
25.8
6.0
6.0
7.2
9.7
12.2
14.7
17.3
19.8
22.3
24.8
27.4
6.0
6.0
7.8
10.2
12.9
15.6
18.2
20.9
23.6
26.2
28.9
6.0
6.0
8.0
10.8
13.6
16.4
19.2
22.0
24.8
27.6
30.4
6.0
6.0
8.4
11.3
14.3
17.2
20.1
23.1
26.0
29.0
31.9
6.0
6.0
8.8
11.9
14.9
18.0
21.1
24.2
27.3
30.4
33.4
6.0
6.0
9.2
12.4
15.6
18.8
22.1
25.3
28.5
31.7
35.0
6.0
6.2
9.6
12.9
16.3
19.7
23.0
26.4
29.7
33.1
36.5
6.0
6.5
10.0
13.5
17.0
20.5
24.0
27.5
31.0
34.5
38.0
6.0
7.0
10.8
14.6
18.3
22.1
25.9
29.7
33.5
37.2

6.0
7.5
11.6
15.6
19.7
23.8
27.8
31.9
35.9


6.0
8.0
12.4
16.7
21.1
25.4
29.7
34.1
38.4


6.0
8.6
13.2
17.8
22.4
27.0
31.7
36.3



6.0
9.1
14.0
18.9
23.8
28.7
33.6
38.5



6.0
9.6
14.8
20.0
25.1
30.3
35.5




6.0
10.1
15.6
21.0
26.5
32.0
37.4




6.0
10.6
16.4
22.1
27.9
33.6
39.3




1
3
b
As in the Original Standard, this Page is Intentionally Left Blank
IS : 803 - 1976
15
4.1.3 Plate materials specified in 4.1 shall be used without impact testing
on tank shells and its reinforcements for design metal temperatures
greater than 10°C.
4.1.4 For temperature lower than 10°C and up to – 20°C, material listed
in 4.1 with the exception of structural steel, conforming to IS : 226-1975*,
shall be used, and shall demonstrate adequate notch toughness at the
design metal temperature. Each plate as-rolled shall be impact-tested at
the design metal temperature to show that the average of three charpy V-
notch full size specimens is a minimum of 39 N.m (4 kgf.m) (longitudinal)
or 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m) (transverse).
4.2 Structural Sections — Dimensions of structural steel sections used
in tank construction shall conform to IS : 808-1964† and IS : 808 (Part I)-
1973‡.
4.3 Cast Steel Mountings — Cast steel mountings shall be suitable for
welding and shall conform to Grade 3 of IS : 1030-1974§.
4.4 Electrodes — Electrodes for metal arc welding shall conform to
IS : 814 (Part I)-1974|| and IS : 814 (Part II)-1974¶.
4.5 Piping — Unless specified otherwise, pipe and pipe couplings shall
conform to IS : 1978-1971**. By agreement between the purchaser and
the manufacturer, couplings for threaded connections may be supplied
without recesses. When so supplied, the couplings in all other respects
shall conform to IS : 1978-1971**. Pipe used for structural purposes shall
conform to IS : 1978-1971** and IS : 1979-1971†† with respect to physical
properties of the material. Pipes of heavy class conforming to IS : 1239
(Part II)-1969‡‡ may be used for nozzles on tank roofs and internal piping
subject to agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer.
4.6 Flanges — Plate ring flanges shall be made from any of the plate
materials listed in 4.1. Requirements of slip-on welding and welding neck
flanges are covered in IS : 6392-1971§§.
*Specification for structural steel (standard quality) ( fifth revision ).
†Specification for rolled steel beam, channel and angle sections ( revised ).
‡Dimensions for hot rolled steel beams: Part I MB series ( second revision ).
§Specification for steel castings for general engineering purposes ( second revision ).
|| Specification for covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steels: Part I
For welding products other than sheets ( fourth revision ).
¶Specification for covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steels: Part
II For welding sheets ( fourth revision ).
**Specification for line pipe ( first revision ).
††Specification for high test line pipe ( first revision ).
‡‡Specification for mild steel tubes, tubulars and other wrought steel fittings: Part
II Mild steel tubulars and other wrought steel pipe fittings ( second revision ).
§§Specification for steel pipe flanges.
IS : 803 - 1976
16
4.7 Bolts and Nuts — Bolts shall conform to the requirements specified
in IS : 1367-1967* for black grade bolts of class 4.6 or 4.8. Nuts shall be of
black grade class 4. Screw threads shall conform to coarse series medium
class referred in IS : 1367-1967*.
4.8 Other materials used in association with steelwork shall, where
appropriate Indian Standard specifications for materials exist, conform to
such specifications.
5. PERMISSIBLE STRESSES
5.1 Maximum allowable working stresses shall not exceed the following.
5.1.1 In the design of tank shells, the maximum tensile stress before
applying the factor for joint efficiency shall be 165 N/mm
2
(1 680 kgf/cm
2
)
in case of steel conforming to IS : 2062-1969† and IS : 226-1975‡. For
other grades of steels, maximum allowable stress shall be 0.7 of the
minimum yield stress of each grade or 0.4 of the minimum ultimate
tensile stress whichever is less.
5.1.2 Structural design stresses (not covered in 5.1.1) shall conform to the
allowable working stresses given in IS : 800-1962§. For this purpose steel
conforming to IS : 2002-1962|| (Grade 2B) and IS : 2041-1962¶ (Type 1)
should be treated as equivalent to IS : 226-1975‡ or IS : 2062-1969†
whereas Type 2 steel conforming to IS : 2041-1962¶ shall be treated
equivalent to IS : 961-1975**.
5.1.3 The above stresses are permissible for design temperatures of –10°C
to +200°C, provided that below +10°C only semikilled or killed steels are
used.
5.2 The permissible stresses for welds and welded connections shall
conform to the values given in IS : 816-1969††.
6. DESIGN
6.0 General — Internal pressure of tanks designed in accordance with the
rules and provisions made in this code shall not exceed the value given by:
*Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners ( first revision ).
†Specification for structural steel (fusion welding quality) ( first revision ).
‡Specification for structural steel (standard quality) ( fifth revision ).
§Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building construction ( revised ).
|| Specification for steel plates for boilers.
¶Specification for steel plates for pressure vessels.
**Specification for structural steel (high tensile) ( second revision ).
††Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel
( first revision ).
IS : 803 - 1976
17
where
6.1 Foundation — Tanks shall be built on good foundations. Details of
typical foundations normally adopted are shown in Fig. 3A and 3B
respectively for earth foundation and concrete ringwall foundation.
Where soil conditions are adverse, care should be taken to design the
foundations properly such that no subsidence takes place.
6.2 Design of Bottom Plates
6.2.1 Bottom plate, uniformly resting on the ground or supporting sub-
structure, shall conform to the following ( see Fig. 4 ):
a) All bottom plates shall have a minimum nominal thickness of 6 mm.
b) All rectangular plates shall preferably have a minimum width of
1 500 mm. All sketch plates (bottom plates upon which the shell
plate rests), which have one end rectangular shall also preferably
have a minimum width of 1 500 mm for the rectangular end.
c) Bottom plates shall be of sufficient size so that when welded, at least
a 25 mm width will project beyond the outside edge of the weld
attaching the bottom to the shell plate.
NOTE — Bottom of excavation should be level. Remove muck, vegetation and
unstable materials to whatever depth is necessary.
6.2.2 Bottoms shall be built according to either of the following two
methods of construction:
a) Lap welded plates shall be reasonably rectangular and square
edged. Three-plate laps shall not be closer than 300 mm from each
other and also from the tank shell.
Plates shall be welded on top side only with a continuous fillet weld
on all seams. Joints shall be lapped to 5 times the thickness of the
thinner plate, but need not exceed 25 mm ( see Fig. 4, Section BB ).
Portion of the sketch plates coming under the bottom shell ring
shall have the outer ends of the joints fitted and lap welded to form a
smooth bearing for the shell plates, as shown in Fig. 5A.
Bottom plate attachment with the shell plate may be made by an
annular ring of segmental plates as shown in Fig. 5B. Such annular
rings, where used, shall have their radial seams butt welded with a
backing strip as shown in the same figure. Bottom sketch and rect-
angular plates shall be lapped over the annular ring of segmental
P
max
= internal pressure,
W = total weight of shell and structure supported by shell in N
(kgf),
D = diameter of tank in m, and
t = thickness of roof in mm.
IS : 803 - 1976
18
plates with the lap not less than five times the nominal thickness
the thinner plates joined.
FIG. 3 TYPICAL FOUNDATIONS
IS : 803 - 1976
19
b) Bottoms may be of butt welded construction. Plates shall have the
parallel edges prepared for butt welding with either square or
V-grooves. If square grooves are employed, the root opening shall be
not less than 6 mm. The butt welds shall be made by applying a
backing strip 3 mm thick or heavier by tack welding to the
underside of the plate ( see Fig. 5B, Section XX ). A metal spacer
shall be used, if necessary, to maintain the root opening between the
adjacent plates. The manufacturer may submit the other methods of
butt welding the bottom for the purchaser’s approval. Three-plate
joints shall not be closer than 300 mm from each other and also from
the tank shell.
FIG. 4 TYPICAL LAYOUT OF TANK BOTTOM
IS : 803 - 1976
20
FIG. 5 BOTTOM PLATE ARRANGEMENT UNDER
TANK SHELL
IS : 803 - 1976
21
6.2.3 Bottom Plate Resting on Piers
6.2.3.1 For tanks erected on an elevated foundation, and the bottom plate
supported on piers or beams, minimum thickness of bottom plate t
b
in mm
shall be obtained by the equation:
where
6.2.3.2 The thickness determined by 6.2.3.1 shall be checked by shear
stresses due to the total load H
p
× l acting at the supports and shall be
increased if required, to keep these stresses within limits specified in
IS : 800-1962*.
6.2.3.3 Special consideration shall be given for any other concentrated
loads acting on the bottom plate.
6.2.3.4 Generally bottom plate built under this rule is a butt welded
construction so that the plate rests uniformly on the supporting structure.
6.2.3.5 Rules for fabrication given in 6.2.1 (b), 6.2.1 (c) and 6.2.2 (b) above
shall also govern fabrication of the bottom plate resting on piers/beams.
6.2.4 The joint between the bottom edge of the lowest course of shell plate
and bottom plate or annular segmental plate shall be by a continuous
fillet weld laid on each side of the shell plate. The size of each weld shall
be not greater than 12 mm and not less than the nominal thickness of the
thinner of the two plates joined, nor less than the following values:
G = specific gravity of stored product but not less than 1,
H
p
= uniform loading on the bottom plate in N/mm
2
(kgf/cm
2
) due to
maximum head of water in the tank,
l = length of bottom plate in mm freely supported between the
successive piers/beams, and
S
b
= maximum allowable bending stress in plate in N/mm
2
(kgf/cm
2
).
*Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building construction
( revised ).
Maximum Thickness of Shell
Plate, mm
Minimum Size of Fillet
Weld, mm
5 5
6 to 20 6
21 to 30 8
Over 32 10
t
b
3 G H
p
× l
2
×
4 S
b
------------------------------------ =
IS : 803 - 1976
22
6.3 Design of Shell Plates
6.3.1 Loads
6.3.1.1 Stresses in the tank shell shall be computed on the assumption
that the tank is filled with water of specific gravity 1.00 or the liquid to be
stored, if heavier than water. The tension in each course shall be
computed at 30 cm above the centre line of the lower horizontal joint of
the course in question.
6.3.1.2 Isolated radial loads on tank shells, such as caused by heavy loads
from platforms and elevated walkways between tanks, shall be
distributed appropriately, preferably in a horizontal position.
6.3.1.3 Wind and internal vacuum loads shall be considered together to
check the stability of tank shells. Wind loads shall be as specified in
Fig. 1A of IS : 875-1964*. Internal vacuum in the tank shall be specified
by the purchaser; however, a minimum of 500 N/m
2
(50 kg/m
2
) vacuum
shall be considered.
6.3.2 Joint Efficiency Factor — This shall be taken as 0.85 for double
welded butt joints, to determine the minimum thickness of shell plates
computed from the stress on the vertical joints, subject to all vertical and
horizontal butt welds being spot radiographed as recommended by this
code. Where welds are not to be so examined by radiography, the joint
efficiency factor considered for design shall be 0.70.
6.3.3 Plate Thicknesses
6.3.3.1 The minimum thickness of shell plates shall not be less than that
calculated from the following formula or as specified in 6.3.3.2 whichever
is greater:
if S is in N/mm
2
or
if S is in kgf/cm
2
where
*Code of practice for structural safety of buildings: Loading standards ( revised ).
t = minimum thickness in mm;
D = nominal diameter of tank in m;
H = height from the bottom of the course under consideration to
top of top curb angle or to bottom of any overflow which limits
tank filling height in m;
G = specific gravity of liquid to be stored, but in no case less than
1.0;
S = allowable stress; and
E = joint efficiency factor.
t
4.9 H 0.3 – ( )DG
SE
------------------------------------------ =
50 H 0.3 – ( )DG
SE
----------------------------------------- =
IS : 803 - 1976
23
6.3.3.2 In no case shall the nominal thickness of shell plates (including
shell extensions for floating roof) be less than the following:
6.3.3.3 The nominal thickness of shell plates refers to the tank shell as
constructed and is based on stability rather than stress. Any required
corrosion allowance for the shell plates shall be added to the calculated
thickness of 6.3.3.1, unless otherwise specified by the purchaser.
6.3.3.4 The maximum nominal thickness of tank shell plates shall be
40 mm, except that insert plates up to 75 mm thickness inclusive shall be
permitted for material conforming to IS : 2002-1962* Grade 2B and
IS : 2041-1962† steels.
6.3.3.5 The width of the shell plate shall be as agreed to between the
purchaser and the manufacturer, but preferably should not be less than
1 500 mm.
6.3.3.6 Stability of tank shells against external loads shall be checked by
determining the maximum height of the shell from the tap curb angle or
wind girder that does not buckle under this loading and providing
stiffening to the shell if required.
The maximum height of unstiffened shell, in metres, shall not exceed
H
1
as determined by the following equation:
, if p is in N/m
2
or
, if p is in kgf/m
2
where
Nominal Tank Diameter Minimum Nominal Thickness
m mm
Less than 15 5.0
Over 15 up to and including 36 6.0
Over 36 up to and including 60 8.0
Over 60 10.0
*Specification for steel plates for boilers.
†Specification for steel plates for pressure vessels.
H
1
= vertical distance between the intermediate wind girder and
top angle of the shell or the top wind girder of an open top tank
in m;
t = average shell thickness in height H
1
in mm determined from
the actual thicknesses of plates used unless the purchaser
specifies that the net thickness (actual thickness used minus
corrosion allowance specified) shall be considered;
H
1
14 700 t
p
----------------------
t
D
----

¸ ,
¸ _
3
=
1 500 t
p
-------------------
t
D
----

¸ ,
¸ _
3
=
IS : 803 - 1976
24
An initial calculation shall be made using the thickness of the top shell
course. Further calculations shall be made by considering the weighted
average thickness of the top course and part or all of the next lower
course, or courses, till the value H
1
equals or is less than the height of
shell used in determining the average thickness.
When such a value of H
1
is obtained, an intermediate wind girder shall
be provided on the shell at a distance below the top wind girder of curb
angle, equal to or less than the height of shell used in determining the
average thickness.
Minimum distance from this girder to the nearest horizontal joint in
the shell shall be 150 mm. The required minimum section modulus in
cubic centimetres of this girder shall be determined by the equation:
Z = 0.059 D
2
H
1
This formula is applicable for total external pressures up to 1 470 N/m
2
(150 kgf/m
2
). For greater external pressures P, required minimum section
modulus of this girder is computed by multiplying above equation by
or where P is in N/m
2
or kgf/m
2
respectively.
Thereafter, the rest of the shell below this intermediate girder shall be
checked in the same manner considering this girder as the top of the tank.
If value of H
1
continues to be greater than the height of shell used in
determining the average thickness, the shell is considered stable against
the external loads that are considered and no intermediate girder is
required.
6.3.4 Shell Plate Arrangement
6.3.4.1 The shell shall be designed to have all courses truly vertical. The
centre-line of each course shall be on top of the centre-line of the course
immediately below or alternatively the inside surfaces of offset horizontal
butt joints shall be kept flush, as desired by the purchaser. The system of
construction to be followed should be specified in the order.
6.3.4.2 Vertical joints in adjacent shell courses shall not be in alignment
but shall be offset from each other as large a distance as possible but in no
case less than a distance of 5t, t being the plate thickness of the thicker
course at the point of offset.
6.3.5 Shell Joints
6.3.5.1 Vertical and horizontal joints — All vertical and horizontal joints
shall be of double-welded butt construction with complete penetration and
fusion through the full thickness of the parent plate. Suggested forms of
joints are shown in Fig. 6.
D = nominal tank diameter in m; and
p = sum of all external pressures acting on the tank shell, that is,
wind pressure and internal vacuum.
P
1 470
-------------- -
P
150
--------- -
IS : 803 - 1976
25
6.3.5.2 The suitability of plate preparation and welding procedure shall
be the manufacturer’s choice subject to welding procedure qualification as
specified in IS : 823-1964*.
FIG. 6 TYPICAL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL JOINTS
*Code of procedure for manual metal arc welding of mild steel.
IS : 803 - 1976
26
6.3.5.3 The wide face of unsymmetrical V or U butt joints may be on the
outside or on the inside of the tank shell.
6.3.6 Roof-Curb Angle
6.3.6.1 Except as specified for open top tanks in 6.3.8.6, tank shells shall
be provided with top-curb angles of sizes not less than specified in 6.3.6.2
and as may be required by 6.3.6.3. This will be attached to the upper edge
of the shell plate by a double-welded butt or lap joint. The horizontal leg
of the top angle may extend inside or outside the tank shell at the
purchaser’s option. Typical roof to shell joints and roof plate joints are
given in Fig. 7.
6.3.6.2 Minimum sizes of top curb angle shall be:
FIG. 7 TYPICAL ROOF JOINTS
a) Tanks up to and including 10 m diameter 65 × 65 × 6.0 mm
b) Tanks over 10 m and up to and including
18 m diameter
65 × 65 × 8.0 mm
c) Tanks over 18 m and up to and including
36 m diameter
75 × 75 × 10.0 mm
d) Tanks over 36 m diameter 100 × 100 × 10.0 mm
IS : 803 - 1976
27
NOTE — Thickness specified above includes corrosion allowance required for
petroleum service. Special consideration should be given for severe service.
6.3.6.3 For tanks having internal pressure, cross-sectional area of curb
angle provided shall not be less than the area required to resist the
compressive force at the roof shell junction minus the participating shell
and roof area shown in Fig. 8.
Area of curb angle required is given by:
where
This area may be provided by using rolled angle or other section or
plate girder as shown in Fig. 8.
When plate girder as shown in Fig. 8, Detail—D is used, required area
of this girder is given by:
A
c
= area of curb angle in cm
2
;
D = tank diameter in m;
P = upward force due to internal tank’s pressure minus weight of
roof plates;
= angle between the roof and a horizontal plane at the roof shell
junction in degrees;
W
s
= width of the shell in the compression region in cm;
= 0.19 where R
S
= radius of tank shell in cm;
t
S
= nominal shell thickness in mm;
W
R
= width of the roof in the compression region in cm;
= 0.095 ;
R
R
= radius of roof at roof shell junction in cm; and
t
R
= nominal roof thickness in cm.
R
S
t
S
R
R
t
R
IS : 803 - 1976
28
6.3.7 Circular Shell Openings
6.3.7.1 Opening in tank shells larger than 64 mm in diameter shall be
reinforced. The minimum cross-sectional area of the reinforcement shall
be not less than the product of the vertical diameter of the hole cut in the
tank shell and the shell plate thickness required under 6.3.3.1. The cross-
sectional area of the reinforcement shall be measured along the vertical
axis passing through the centre.
6.3.7.2 If a thicker shell plate is used than is required for the hydrostatic
loading and corrosion allowance ( see 6.3.3.3 ), the excess shell plate
thickness, within a vertical distance, both above and below the centre-line
of the hole in the tank shell plate, equal to the vertical dimension of the hole
in the tank shell plate, may be considered as reinforcement, and the thickness
T of the opening reinforcement plate may be decreased accordingly.
6.3.7.3 All effective reinforcements shall be made within a distance, above
or below the centre-line of the shell opening, equal to the vertical
FIG. 8 SOME PERMISSIBLE DETAILS OF COMPRESSION RINGS
IS : 803 - 1976
29
dimensions of the hole in the tank shell plate. The reinforcement may be
provided within a vertical distance, both above and below the centre-line
of the hole in the shell, equal to the vertical dimension of the hole in the
tank shell plate by any one, or by any combination, of the following:
a) The reinforcing plate;
b) The portion of the neck of the fitting which may be considered as
reinforcement according to 6.3.7.4; and
c) Any excess shell plate thickness, beyond that required under 6.3.3.1,
and corrosion allowance.
6.3.7.4 The following portions of the neck of a fitting may be considered as
part of the area of reinforcement:
a) The portion extending outwardly from the outside surface of the
tank shell plate for a distance equal to four times the neck wall
thickness or, if the neck wall thickness is reduced within this
distance, to the point of transition;
b) The portion lying within the shell plate thickness; and
c) The portion extending inwardly from the inside surface of the tank
shell plate for a distance as specified under 6.3.7.4(a).
6.3.7.5 The aggregate strength of the weld attaching a fitting to the shell
plate, or to an intervening reinforcing plate, or to both, shall equal at least
the proportion of the forces passing through the entire reinforcement
which is computed to pass through the fitting considered.
6.3.7.6 The aggregate strength of the weld attaching any intervening
reinforcing plate to the shell plate shall at least equal to proportion of the
forces passing through the entire reinforcement which is computed to
pass through the reinforcing plate considered.
6.3.7.7 The attachment welding to the shell, along the outer periphery of
the reinforcing plate, shall be considered effective only for the parts lying
outside the area bounded by vertical lines drawn tangent to the shell
opening. The outer peripheral welding, however, shall be applied
completely around the reinforcement. All the inner peripheral welding
shall be considered effective.
The strength of the effective attachment welding shall be considered as
its shear resistance at the stress values given for fillet welds under 5.2.
The outer peripheral weld shall be of a size not less than 0.5 t
min
where
t
min
is the smaller of 20 mm or the thickness less corrosion allowance of
either of the parts joined by a fillet weld or groove weld; except that when
low type nozzles are used with the reinforcing plate extending to the tank
bottom, the size of that portion of the peripheral weld which attaches the
reinforcing plate to the bottom plate shall conform to 6.2.4. The inner
peripheral welding shall be large enough to sustain the remainder of the
loading.
IS : 803 - 1976
30
Figures 11 and 12 show acceptable methods of attachment. For
convenience fillet sizes for one type of attachment are given in Table 9,
and Table 10 respectively for manholes and nozzles. For other types of
attachments, fillet sizes shall be determined according to 6.3.7.5, 6.3.7.6
and 6.3.7.7.
6.3.7.8 When two or more openings are located so close that their normal
reinforcing plate edges are closer than ten times the thickness of the
thicker reinforcing plate with a minimum of 150 mm, they shall be
treated and reinforced as follows:
a) All such openings shall be included in a single reinforcing plate,
which shall be proportioned for the largest opening in the group;
b) If the normal reinforcing plates for the smaller openings in the
group, considered separately, would fall within the area limits of the
solid portion of normal plate for the largest opening, the smaller
openings may be included in a normal plate for the largest openings
without increase in size of that plate; provided, however, that if any
opening intersects the vertical centre-line of another, the total width
of the final reinforcing plate along the vertical centre-line of either
opening shall be not less than the sum of the widths of the normal
plates for the openings involved; and
c) If the normal reinforcing plates for the smaller openings, considered
separately, would not fall within the area limits of the solid portion
of a normal plate for the largest opening, the group reinforcing plate
size and shape shall be such as to include the outer limits of the
normal reinforcing plates for all of the openings in the group.
Change of size from the outer limits of the normal plate for the
largest opening to the outer limits of that for the smaller opening
farthest therefrom shall be by uniform straight taper unless the
normal plate for any intermediate opening would extend beyond the
limits so fixed, in which case uniform straight tapers shall join the
outer limits of the several normal plates. Provisions under 6.3.7.8
(b) with respect to openings on the same or adjacent vertical centre-
lines shall also apply in this case.
6.3.7.9 Reinforcement for non-circular openings shall be given special
consideration.
6.3.8 Design of Wind Girders for Open-Top Tanks
6.3.8.1 Open top tanks shall be provided with stiffening rings to maintain
roundness when the tank is subjected to wind loads. Stiffening rings shall
be located at or near the top course, and preferably on the outside of the
tank shell.
6.3.8.2 The required minimum section modulus of the wind girder shall
be determined by the following formula:
Z = 0.059 D
2
H
IS : 803 - 1976
31
where
Stiffening ring having a section modulus given by the above formula is
adequate for external pressures (wind + vacuum) up to 1 470 N/m
2
(150
kgf/mm
2
). For greater external pressure P, required section modulus of
the stiffening ring shall be computed by multiplying above equation by
(or where P is in kgf/m
2
).
6.3.8.3 The section modulus of the stiffening ring shall be based upon the
properties of the applied members and may include a portion of the tank
shell for a distance of 16 plate thicknesses below and, if applicable, above
the ring shell attachment. When curb angles are attached to the top edge
of the shell ring by butt welding, this distance shall be reduced by the
width of the vertical leg of the angle. Section modulii values for typical
ring members are given in Table 7.
6.3.8.4 Stiffening rings may be made of either structural section, formed
plate section, or sections built-up by welding, or of combinations of such
types of sections assembled by welding. The outer periphery of stiffening
rings may be circular or polygonal. Built-up stiffening rings using flats
and bars are permitted subject to purchaser’s approval.
6.3.8.5 The minimum size of angle for use along, or as component in a
built-up stiffening ring, shall be 60 × 60 × 6 mm. The minimum nominal
thickness of plate for use in formed or built-up stiffening rings shall be
6 mm.
6.3.8.6 When stiffening rings are located more than 0.6 m below the top of
the shell, the tank shall be provided with a 60 × 60 × 5 mm top curb angle
for 5 mm shells, and with a 75 × 75 × 6 mm angle for shell greater than
5 mm. Other rolled sections of equivalent section modulus may also be
used.
6.3.8.7 Rings of such design that liquid may be trapped thereon shall be
provided with adequate drain holes.
6.3.8.8 Stiffening rings or portions thereof, which are regularly used as a
walkway, shall have a width not less than 0.6 m clear of the projecting
curb angle on the top of the tank-shell, shall be located preferably 1 m
below the top of the curb angle, and shall be provided with a standard
railing on the unprotected side and at the ends of the section so used.
6.3.8.9 When a stair opening is installed through a stiffening ring, the
section modulus of that portion of the ring outside the opening, and including
the transition section, shall conform to the requirements of 6.3.8.2. The
Z = section modulus in cm
3
,
D = normal diameter of tank in m, and
H = height of tank shell in m including any ‘free board’ provided
above the maximum filling height as guide for the floating roof.
P
1 470
-------------- -
P
150
--------- -
IS : 803 - 1976
32
shell adjacent to such opening shall be stiffened with an angle, or bar, placed
horizontally. The other sides of the opening shall be stiffened with an angle,
or bar, placed vertically. The cross-sectional area of these rim stiffeners
shall be at least equivalent to the cross-sectional area of that portion of
shell included in the section modulus calculations of the stiffening ring
( see 6.3.8.8 ). These stiffeners, or additional members, shall furnish a
suitable tee board around the opening. The stiffening members shall extend
beyond the end of the opening for a distance equal to or greater than the
minimum depth of the regular ring section. The end stiffening members
shall frame into the side stiffening members and shall be connected to them
in such a manner as to develop their full strength.
6.3.8.10 Supports shall be provided for all stiffening rings when the
dimension of the horizontal leg or web exceeds 16 times the leg or web
thickness. Such supports shall be spaced at intervals as required for the
dead load and vertical live load that may be placed upon the ring.
However, the spacing shall not exceed 24 times the width of the outside
compression flange.
6.3.8.11 Continuous seal welds of about 3 mm shall be used for all joints
which, because of their location, may be subjected to corrosion from
entrapped moisture or cause rust markings on the tank shell. Full
penetration butt welds shall be used for jointing ring sections.
6.3.9 An alternate method for design of tank shells is dealt with in
Appendix B.
TABLE 7 SECTION MODULUS OF WIND GIRDERS
( Clause 6.3.8.3 )
All dimensions in millimetres.
SECTION THROUGH WIND GIRDER MEMBER SIZE IN SECTION MODULUS IN cm
3

FOR SHELL THICKNESS
mm × mm × mm 5 mm 6 mm
Detail A — Top Angle
ISA 65 × 65 × 6
ISA 65 × 65 × 8
ISA 75 × 75 × 10
6.4
8.3
13.6
6.5
8.5
13.0
( Continued )
IS : 803 - 1976
33
TABLE 7 SECTION MODULUS OF WIND GIRDERS — Contd
SECTION THROUGH WIND GIRDER MEMBER SIZE IN SECTION MODULUS IN cm
3

FOR SHELL THICKNESS
mm × mm × mm 5 mm 6 mm
Detail B — Curb Angle
ISA 65 × 65 × 6
ISA 65 × 65 × 8
ISA 75 × 75 × 6
ISA 75 × 75 × 10
ISA 100 × 100 × 6
ISA 100 × 100 × 10
27.2
33.2
36.3
50.0
63.8
73.7
28.4
34.9
37.8
54.1
66.8
92.2
Detail C — Single Angle
ISA 65 × 65 × 6
ISA 65 × 65 × 8
ISA 100 × 75 × 8
ISA 125 × 75 × 8
ISA 150 × 115 × 10
28.3
34.8
67.5
90.1
157.5
29.4
36.4
70.6
94.5
190.1
( Continued )
IS : 803 - 1976
34
TABLE 7 SECTION MODULUS OF WIND GIRDERS — Contd
SECTION THROUGH WIND GIRDER MEMBER SIZE IN SECTION MODULUS IN cm
3

FOR SHELL THICKNESS
mm × mm × mm 5 mm 6 mm
Detail D — Two Angles
ISA 100 × 75 × 8
ISA 100 × 75 × 10
ISA 125 × 75 × 8
ISA 125 × 75 × 10
ISA 125 × 95 × 8
ISA 125 × 95 × 10
ISA 150 × 115 × 10
182.2
217.6
250.7
300.2
288.5
346.9
506.7
187.5
224.1
258.4
309.5
296.0
356.2
518.9
Detail E — Formed Plate
b = 250
b = 300
b = 350
b = 400
b = 450
b = 500
b = 550
b = 600
b = 650
b = 700
b = 750
b = 800
b = 850
b = 900
b = 950
b = 1 000
















341.0
427.2
518.7
615.5
717.4
824.4
936.6
1 053.8
1 176.1
1 303.5
1 435.9
1 573.4
1 716.0
1 863.5
2 016.1
2 166.7
( Continued )
IS : 803 - 1976
35
TABLE 7 SECTION MODULUS OF WIND GIRDERS — Contd
SECTION THROUGH WIND GIRDER MEMBER SIZE IN SECTION MODULUS IN cm
3

FOR SHELL THICKNESS,
6 mm mm
Detail F — Formed Plate
b = 250
b = 300
b = 350
b = 400
b = 450
b = 500
b = 550
b = 600
b = 650
b = 700
b = 750
b = 800
b = 850
b = 900
b = 950
b = 1 000
b = 1 050
b = 1 100
b = 1 150
b = 1 200
335.2
417.6
504.6
596.5
693.2
794.8
901.3
1 012.8
1 129.2
1 250.6
1 376.6
1 508.2
1 644.4
1 785.6
1 931.8
2 082.9
2 239.1
2 400.2
2 566.3
2 737.4
IS : 803 - 1976
36
6.4 Designs of Roof
6.4.1 Definitions — The following definitions shall apply to designs of
roofs.
6.4.1.1 Supported cone roof — A roof formed to approximately the surface
of a right cone, with its principal support provided by either rafters on
girders and columns or rafters on trusses with or without columns.
6.4.1.2 Self-supporting cone roof — A roof formed to approximately the
surface of a right cone, supported only at its periphery.
6.4.1.3 Self-supporting dome roof — A roof formed to approximately a
spherical surface, supported only at its periphery.
6.4.1.4 Self-supporting umbrella roof — A modified dome roof so formed
that any horizontal section is a regular polygon with as many sides as
there are roof plates, supported only at its periphery.
6.4.2 General
6.4.2.1 All roofs and supporting structures shall be designed to support
dead load, plus a uniform live load of not less than 1 225 N/m
2
(125
kgf/m
2
) of projected area.
6.4.2.2 Roof plates shall have a minimum nominal thickness of 5 mm. A
greater thickness may be required for self-supporting roofs ( see 6.4.5 and
6.4.6 ).
6.4.2.3 Roof plates of supported cone roofs shall not be attached to the
supporting members.
6.4.2.4 All internal and external structural members of the roof shall
have a minimum nominal thickness, in any component, of 4.5 mm.
6.4.2.5 Roof plates shall be attached to the top angle of the tank with a
continuous fillet weld on the top side only.
If the continuous fillet weld between the roof plates and the top angle
does not exceed 5 mm and the slope of the roof at the top angle
attachment does not exceed 1 in 6, the joint may be considered to be
frangible and, in case of excessive internal pressure, will fail before
failure occurs in the tank shell joints or the shell-to-bottom joint. Failure
of the roof-to-shell joint may be accompanied by buckling of the top angle.
Where the weld size exceeds 5 mm or where the slope of the roof at the
top-angle attachment is greater than 1 in 6, emergency venting devices in
accordance with Appendix C shall be provided by the purchaser. The
manufacturer shall provide a suitable tank connection for the device.
6.4.2.6 Roof plate shall be lapped with a minimum overlap of 25 mm and
shall be welded with a continuous fillet weld on the top side only. Laps
shall be arranged as shown in Fig. (A) or (B) of Fig. 7 for roof plate joint
depending on the local conditions by agreement between the purchaser
and the manufacturer.
IS : 803 - 1976
37
6.4.2.7 For all types of roofs, the plates may be stiffened by sections
welded to the plates but not to the supporting rafters and/or girders.
6.4.3 Permissible Stresses — All parts of the structure shall be so
proportioned that the sum of the maximum static stresses shall not
exceed the permissible stresses given in IS : 800-1962*.
6.4.4 Supported Cone Roofs — The design of supported cone roof shall
conform to the following:
a) Roof plates shall be welded on the top side with continuous full-fillet
welds on all seams. The size of the roof-to-top angle weld shall be 5
mm or smaller if so specified by the purchaser.
b) The slope of the roof shall be 1 in 16 or greater as specified by the
purchaser. If the rafters are set directly on chord girders producing
slightly varying rafter slopes, the slope of the flattest rafter shall
conform to the specified or ordered roof slope.
c) Main supporting members, including those supporting the rafters,
may be rolled or fabricated section or trusses, with or without
supporting columns. Although these members may be in contact
with the roof plates, the compression flange of a member or the top
chord of a truss shall be considered to receive no lateral support
from the roof plates and shall be laterally braced, if necessary, by
other acceptable methods.
d) Structural members, serving as rafters, may be rolled or fabricated
sections. Rafters in direct contact with the roof plates applying the
loading to the rafters may be considered to receive adequate lateral
support from the friction between the roof plates and the
compression flanges of the rafters, with the following exceptions:
(1) Trusses and open-web joists used as rafters,
(2) Rafters having a nominal depth greater than 375 mm, and
(3) Rafters having a slope greater than 1 in 6.
e) Rafters shall be spaced so that, in the outer ring, their centres shall
not be more than 2 m measured along the circumference of the tank.
Spacing on inner rings shall not be greater than 1.75 m. When
specified by the purchaser for tanks located in areas subject to
earthquake, 20 mm diameter tie rods (or equivalent) shall be placed
between the rafters in the outer rings. These tie rods may be omitted
if I or H sections are used as rafters.
f) Roof columns shall be made from structural shapes or pipes or
built-up sections. Suitable base frames or reinforcing pads shall be
provided at the column base to distribute loads coming on the tank
bottom.
*Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building construction
( revised ).
IS : 803 - 1976
38
g) Rafters clips for the outer row of rafters shall be welded to the tank
shell. Columns shall not be rigidly attached to the bottom plate.
Guide clips shall be welded to the tank bottom to prevent lateral
movement of columns. All other structural attachments shall be
either bolted, riveted, or welded.
6.4.5 Self-Supporting Cone Roofs — Self-supporting cone roofs shall
conform to the following requirements:
NOTE — Self-supporting roofs having the roof plates stiffened by sections welded to
the plates need not conform to the above minimum thickness requirements, but
should be not less than 5 mm when so designed by the manufacturer, subject to the
approval of the purchaser.
6.4.5.1 The cross-sectional area of the top angle in cm
2
plus the cross-
sectional areas of the shell and roof plates within a distance of 16 times
their thicknesses measured from their most remote point of attachment to
the top angle, shall not be less than:
where
D = nominal diameter of tank shell in m,
= angle of cone elements with the horizontal in degrees, and
t = nominal thickness of roof plates in mm.
6.4.6 Self-Supporting Dome and Umbrella Roofs — Self-supporting dome
and umbrella roofs shall conform to the following requirements:
These formulae for self-supporting roofs assume a uniform live load of
1 225 N/m
2
(125 kgf/m
2
).
NOTE — Self supporting roofs having the roof plates stiffened by sections welded to
the plates need not conform to the minimum thickness requirements, but should not
be less than 5 mm when so designed by the manufacturer, subject to the approval of
the purchaser.
Maximum = 37°
Minimum sin = 0.165 (slope 1 in 6)
Minimum t
= but not less than 5 mm
Maximum t = 12 mm
Minimum R = 0.8 D
Maximum R = 1.2 D where R = radius of the dome in m,
Minimum t
in mm
= R/2.5 but not less than 5 mm
Maximum t = 12 mm
IS : 803 - 1976
39
6.4.6.1 The cross-sectional area of the top angle in cm
2
plus the cross-
sectional areas of the shell and roof plates within a distance of 16 times
their thicknesses, measured from their most remote point of attachment
to the top angle, shall equal or exceed:
where
D = nominal diameter of tank shell in m,
R = radius of curvature of roof in m, and
t = nominal thickness of roof plates in mm.
6.4.7 Top-Angle Attachment for Self-Supporting Roofs
6.4.7.1 The top-angle sections for self-supporting roofs shall be joined by
butt welds having complete penetration and fusion. Joint efficiency
factors need not be applied if it conforms to the requirements of 6.4.5 and
6.4.6.
6.4.7.2 For self-supporting roofs whether of the cone, dome or umbrella
type, the edges of the roof plates, at the option of the manufacturer, may
be flanged horizontally to rest flat against the top angle to improve
welding conditions.
6.4.8 Recommended column layout for tanks and column and girder
attachment details are shown in Fig. 9 and 10.
6.5 Floating Roof — Reference may be made to Appendix D for the
design and construction of floating roofs.
7. APPURTENANCES AND MOUNTINGS
7.1 General
7.1.1 Appurtenances or mountings installed on tanks should conform to
this code. Alternative designs of appurtenances which provide equivalent
strength, tightness and utility are permissible, if so agreed by the
purchaser.
7.1.2 Manhole necks, nozzle necks, reinforcing plates, and shell-plate
openings, which have either sheared or oxygen-cut surfaces, shall have
such surfaces made uniform and smooth, with the corners rounded,
except where such surfaces are fully covered by attachment welds.
7.2 Shell Manholes
7.2.1 Shell manholes shall conform to Fig. 11 and Tables 8 and 9.
7.2.2 Manhole frames may be press-formed or of built-up welded
construction.
DR
20
---------
IS : 803 - 1976
40
FIG. 9 RECOMMENDED LAYOUT OF COLUMNS FOR NORMAL
SIZE TANKS
IS : 803 - 1976
41
FIG. 10 TYPICAL COLUMN AND GIRDER ATTACHMENT DETAILS
IS : 803 - 1976
42
7.3 Shell Nozzles
7.3.1 Shell nozzles shall conform to Fig. 12 and 13 and Table 10.
7.3.2 Details and dimensions specified herein are for nozzles installed
with their axes perpendicular to the shell plate. Nozzles may be installed
at an angle of other than 90° to the shell plate in a horizontal plane,
provided that the width of the reinforcing plate is increased by the
amount that the horizontal chord of the opening cut in the shell plate
increases as the opening changes from circular to elliptical in making the
angular installation. In addition, nozzles not larger than 75 mm nominal
pipe size, for insertion of thermometer wells, sampling connections, or
other purposes not involving the attachment of extended piping, may be
installed at an angle of 15° or less off perpendicular in a vertical plane,
without modification of the nozzle reinforcing plate.
7.4 Roof Manholes
7.4.1 Manholes in the roof shall conform to Fig. 14 and Table 11. They
shall be suitable for attachment by welding to the tank roof sheets and
shall be positioned close to roof sheet supporting members.
7.4.2 The manhole cover may be hinged with single or multiple bolt fixing
as required by the purchaser.
7.4.3 Openings made for fixing manholes on self supporting roofs and
roofs subjected to internal pressure shall be reinforced by a plate ring
having the same thickness of roof plate and outer diameter equal to twice
the diameter of the opening.
7.5 Roof Nozzles
7.5.1 Flanged roof nozzles shall conform to Fig. 15 and Table 12,
installation of threaded nozzles shall be as shown in Fig. 15.
7.5.2 All nozzle openings greater than 150 mm diameter, shall be
reinforced by a plate ring having the same thickness as roof plate and
outer-diameter equal to twice the diameter of the opening.
7.6 Water Draw-Offs and Drain Pad
7.6.1 Water draw-off sumps shall conform to Fig. 16.
7.6.2 Drain pad for elevated tanks shall be in accordance with Fig. 17 and
Table 13.
7.7 Platforms, Gangways and Stairways
7.7.1 Platforms and gangways shall conform to the following:
a) Platforms and gangways shall be capable of supporting a moving
concentrated load of 4 412 N (450 kgf) and the handrailing structure
IS : 803 - 1976
43
shall be capable of withstanding a load of 882 N (90 kgf) applied in
any direction at any point on the top rails.
b) All parts shall be made of metal.
c) Flooring shall be of grating or of non-slip material.
d) A standard width of such gangways on a tank is 600 mm. Wider
gangways may be used if required by the purchaser.
e) Handrailing of 1 m height shall be provided on all open sides
and shall have a toe board not less than 75 mm besides top and
mid-rails.
f) At handrail openings, any space between the tank and the platform
wider than 150 mm shall be floored.
7.7.2 Stairways shall conform to the following:
a) Stairways shall be capable of supporting a moving concentrated load
of 4 412 N (450 kgf) and the handrailing structure shall be capable
of withstanding a load of 882 N (90 kgf) applied in any direction at
any point on the top rail.
b) Handrails shall be on both sides of straight stairs, as well as on
spiral stairs when the clearance between the tank shell and stair
stringer exceeds 200 mm.
c) Spiral stairways should be completely supported on the shell of the
tank and ends of the stringers should be clear of the ground.
d) All parts to be made of metal.
e) Standard width of stairs is 800 mm. Wider stairs may be used if
required by purchaser.
f) Standard width of stair treads is 250 mm, and shall be of a grating or
non-slip material.
g) Maximum angle of stairway with a horizontal line shall be 50°.
h) Stair tread rises shall be uniform throughout the height of the
stairway and preferably be 200 mm.
j) Top railing shall join the platform handrail without offset, and the
height measured vertically from tread level at nose of tread shall be
750 to 850 mm.
k) Maximum distance between railing posts measured along the slope
of the railing shall be 2.4 m.
7.8 Flush Type Cleanout Fitting — Figure 18 shows an acceptable
type of flush type cleanout fitting that may be incorporated in a tank if
IS : 803 - 1976
44
FIG. 11 TYPICAL SHELL MANHOLES ( see Tables 8 and 9 )
IS : 803 - 1976
45
specified by the purchaser. Tables 14, 15 and 16 give additional data and
dimensions of this fitting. Special consideration shall be made by the
purchaser in design of foundation to provide an adequate support to this
fitting.
7.9 Gauge Wells — Typical sketches of gauge wells showing two
different methods of installing gauges without welding them to the
existing roof nozzles are given in Fig. 19.
7.10 Tank Accessories — Other tank accessories like level indicator,
foam chamber, gauge hatch, free vents and earthing boss be provided
conforming to Indian Standard specifications wherever available and in
agreement with the purchaser.
TABLE 8 SHELL MANHOLE COVER PLATE AND BOLTING FLANGE
THICKNESS ( see Fig. 11 )
( Clause 7.2.1 )
MAXI-
MUM
TANK
HEIGHT
m
EQUI-
VALENT
*PRESSURE
IN N/mm
2

(kgf/cm
2
)
MINIMUM COVER PLATE
THICKNESS IN mm
MINIMUM BOLTING FLANGE THICK-
NESS AFTER FINISHING IN mm
500-mm
Man-
hole
600-mm
Man-
hole
750-mm
Man-
hole
900-mm
Man-
hole
500-mm
Man-
hole
600-mm
Man-
hole
750-mm
Man-
hole
900-mm
Man-
hole
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
6.5
8.0
10.0
12.0
14.0
16.5
20.0
23.0
0.065
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.14
0.165
0.20
0.23
(0.65)
(0.80)
(1.00)
(1.20)
(1.40)
(1.65)
(2.0)
(2.3)
8
10
10
12
12
12
14
16
10
12
12
12
14
14
16
18
12
12
14
16
16
18
20
20
12
14
16
18
20
20
22
25
6
6
6
8
10
10
11
12
6
8
8
10
12
12
12
14
8
10
10
12
12
14
16
18
10
12
12
14
16
18
20
20
*Equivalent pressure is based on water loading.
¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ) ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ )
IS : 803 - 1976
46
TABLE 9 SHELL MANHOLE DIMENSIONAL DATA ( see Fig. 11 )
( Clause 7.2.1 )
All dimensions in millimetres.
a) Nominal size, D
O.D. of cover plate, D
C
Bolt circle dia, D
B
500
725
650
600
825
750
750
975
900
900
1 125
1 050
b) The minimum neck thickness T
p
shall be the thickness of the shell plate, or the
allowable finished thickness of the bolting flange ( see Table 8 ) whichever is
thinner, but in no case shall it be thinner than the following:
Shell Thickness
mm
Thickness of Neck, T
p
mm
5-20
21-25
26-30
31-36
37-40
8
11
12
18
20
NOTE — If neck thickness on a built-up manhole is greater than the required
minimum, the manhole reinforcing plate may be decreased accordingly within the
limits specified in 6.3.
c) Opening in the shell D
S
shall be equal to D
o
+ 100 mm for Type A attachments.
For other type of attachments D
S
shall be established by manufacturer as
required.
d) Opening in the reinforcing plate D
p
shall be equal to O.D. of neck D
o
+ 3 mm.
e) Sizes of fillet welds (leg length) for attachment Type A shall be as follows:
e =≥ 3T/4, but not less than 6 mm.
f = T/2, but not more than 12 mm and not less than 8 mm.
g = t, where t is 10 mm or less, or
t/2 with a minimum of 10 mm where t exceeds 10 mm.
f) For attachment Types B, C and D, sizes of fillet welds shall be fixed in accordance
with 6.3.7.5, 6.3.7.6 and 6.3.7.7.
IS : 803 - 1976
FIG. 12 TYPICAL SHELL NOZZLES ( see Table 10 )
47
As in the Original Standard, this Page is Intentionally Left Blank
IS : 803 - 1976
49
8. SHOP FABRICATION AND INSPECTION
8.1 Workmanship
8.1.1 All work of fabrication shall be done in accordance with this code.
The workmanship and finish shall be first class in every respect subject to
the closest inspection by the manufacturer’s inspector, whether or not the
purchaser waives any part of the inspection.
FIG. 13 SHELL NOZZLE FLANGES ( see Table 10 )
IS : 803 - 1976
50
TABLE 10 SHELL NOZZLES DIMENSIONAL DATA ( see Fig. 12 and 13 )
( Clause 7.3.1 )
All dimensions in millimetres.
A. FLANGED FITTINGS
NOMINAL SIZE
OF NOZZLE, D
MINIMUM WALL
THICKNESS,
T
p
*
DISTANCE FROM
SHELL TO FLANGE,
E
DISTANCE FROM TANK BOTTOM TO
NOZZLE CENTRE
Regular Type Low Type
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
900
850
800
750
700
650
600
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
75
50
40
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
11
8.5
7.5
5.5
5
350
330
330
300
300
300
300
280
280
250
250
250
220
220
200
200
175
175
150
150
1 000
950
900
850
800
750
700
650
600
550
500
450
430
380
330
280
230
200
175
150
920
870
820
770
720
670
620
570
520
470
420
370
350
300
250
200
150
120
100
75
B. SCREWED FITTINGS
NOMINAL SIZE OF
NOZZLE
WALL THICKNESS DISTANCE FROM TANK BOTTOM TO
NOZZLE CENTRE
Regular Type Low Type
(1) (2) (3) (4)
75
50
40
25
20
Coupling
,,
,,
,,
,,
230
175
150
125
100
140
75
75
75
75
*Includes corrosion allowance required for petroleum service. Special consideration
should be given for severe service.
( Continued )
¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ )
¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ )
IS : 803 - 1976
51
TABLE 10 SHELL NOZZLES DIMENSIONAL DATA — Contd
NOTE 1 — If neck thickness on a built-up nozzle is greater than the required
minimum, the nozzle reinforcing plate may be decreased accordingly within the
limits specified in 6.3.7.
NOTE 2 — Opening in the shell D
S
shall be equal to D
0
+ 65 mm for Type A
attachments. For other type of attachments, D
S
shall be established by
manufacturer as required.
NOTE 3 — Opening in the reinforcing plate D
p
shall be equal to O.D. for neck
D
0
+ 3 mm.
NOTE 4 — Standard size of reinforcing plate D
L
= 2 D
S
.
NOTE 5 — Fillet weld sizes for Type A attachment shall be as follows:
e = t (shell plate thickness).
f = thickness for pipe wall T
p
or reinforcing plate T whichever is lesser.
g = r for shell thicknesses up to 10 mm
or
t/2 for shell thicknesses greater than 10 mm.
NOTE 6 — For attachment Types B, C and D, fillet weld sizes shall be in accordance
with 6.3.7.5, 6.3.7.6 and 6.3.7.7.
NOTE 7 — Nozzle pipe wall thicknesses listed above for 650, 700, 750, 800, 850 and
900 mm dia nozzles are applicable for use on tank shells up to 25 mm thickness.
When these nozzles are installed on thicker shell plate, their wall thickness shall be
as follows:
t
28
32
36
40
T
p
14
17.5
19.0
19.0
TABLE 11 ROOF MANHOLES ( see Fig. 14 )
( Clause 7.4.1 )
SIZE OF
MANHOLE
COVER PLATE
DIAMETER
D
C
BOLT CIRCLE
DIAMETER
D
B
NO. OF
BOLTS
BOLT HOLE
DIAMETER
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
mm mm mm mm
500
600
650
750
590
690
16
20
18
18
IS : 803 - 1976
52
FIG. 14 TYPICAL ROOF MANHOLE ( see Table 11 )
TABLE 12 ROOF NOZZLES ( see Fig. 15 )
( Clause 7.5.1 )
NOMINAL SIZE OF NOZZLE
(1)
mm
PROJECTION OF NOZZLE H
(2)
mm
40
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
150
150
150
150
150
150
200
200
IS : 803 - 1976
53
FIG. 15 TYPICAL ROOF NOZZLES ( see Table 12 )
IS : 803 - 1976
54
FIG. 16 TYPICAL WATER DRAW-OFF SUMP
TABLE 13 DETAIL OF DRAIN PAD FOR ELEVATED TANKS ( see Fig. 17 )
( Clause 7.6.2 )
All dimensions in millimetres.
NOMINAL
SIZE A B C D E F G H J
NO. AND DIA
OF STUDS
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
50
75
100
150
50
90
120
170
150
190
230
280
120
150
190
240
22
25
28
32
65
105
135
185
42
45
45
50
25
25
25
32
15
19
22
24
90
120
150
200
4 of 16 mm
4 of 16 mm
8 of 16 mm
8 of 20 mm
IS : 803 - 1976
55
FIG. 17 TYPICAL DRAIN PAD FOR ELEVATED TANKS ( see Table 13 )
TABLE 14 FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS ( see Fig. 18 )
( Clause 7.8 )
All dimensions in millimetres.
SIZE OF
OPENING
HEIGHT ( h )
× WIDTH ( b )
ARC WIDTH
OF SHELL
REINFORCING
PLATE
UPPER
CORNER
RADIUS
OF
OPENING
UPPER
CORNER
RADIUS OF
SHELL
REINFORCING
PLATE
BOTTOM
FLANGE
WIDTH
SPECIAL
BOLT
SPACING
NO. OF
BOLTS
DIA-
METER
OF
BOLTS
(1)
W
(2)
r
1
(3)
r
2
(4)
f
(5)
g
(6) (7) (8)
600 × 600
900 × 1 200
1 200 × 1 200
1 800
2 650
3 125
200
375
400
725
1 025
1 280
85
120
125
80
105
110
36
46
52
20
25
25
IS : 803 - 1976
56
TABLE 15 THICKNESS OF COVER PLATE, BOLTING FLANGE AND
REINFORCING PLATE FOR FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS ( see Fig. 18 )
( Clause 7.8 )
All dimensions in millimetres unless otherwise specified.
MAXIMUM
TANK
HEIGHT
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF BOLTING
FLANGE AND COVER PLATE, t
c
FOR
OPENING SIZE
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF BOTTOM
REINFORCING PLATE, t
b
FOR
OPENING SIZE
600 × 600 900 × 1 200 1 200 × 1 200 600 × 600 900 × 1 200 1 200 × 1 200
(1)
m
(2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
6.0
10.25
12.5
16.0
18.25
10
12
12
14
16
16
19
22
25
25
16
22
22
25
28
12
12
14
16
28
22
25
28
32
38
22
28
32
36
36
TABLE 16 THICKNESS AND HEIGHT OF SHELL REINFORCING PLATE
FOR CLEANOUT FITTINGS ( see Fig. 18 )
( Clause 7.8 )
All dimensions in millimetres unless otherwise specified.
MAXIMUM
TANK
HEIGHT
THICKNESS OF SHELL REINFORCING
PLATE, T FOR OPENING SIZE
HEIGHT OF REINFORCING PLATE, L
FOR OPENING SIZE
600 × 600 900 × 1 200 1 200 × 1 200 600 × 600 900 × 1 200 1 200 × 1 200
(1)
m
(2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
6.00
10.25
12.50
16.00
18.25
t+3
t+5
t+6
t+10
t+12
t+2
t+3
t+5
t+8
t+6
t+3
t+6
t+6
t+10
t+12
850
850
850
850
850
1 400
1 400
1 400
1 400
1 400
1 700
1 700
1 700
1 700
1 700
t = thickness of first shell course.
NOTE 1 — Opening for a cleanout fitting shall be rectangular, except that the upper
corners of the opening shell have a radius at least equal to one-third the greatest
height of the clear opening. The width or height of the clear opening shall not exceed
1 200 mm.
NOTE 2 — The reinforced opening shall be completely preassembled into a first
course shell plate.
NOTE 3 — If any plate in the unit has a thickness greater than 16 mm, then the
attachment welds shall be thermally stress relieved at a temperature of 600 to
650°C for 1 hour per 25 mm of thickness.
¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ) ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ )
¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ) ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ )
IS : 803 - 1976
FIG. 18 TYPICAL FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS ( see Tables 14, 15 and 16 )
57
I
S
:
8
0
3
-
1
9
7
6
FIG. 19 TYPICAL GAUGE-WELL INSTALLATION ON EXISTING
NOZZLE OF CONE ROOF TANKS
5
8
IS : 803 - 1976
59
8.2 Straightening — Straightening of material shall be done by pressing
before being laid out or worked on in any way, or by methods that will not
injure it. Heating or hammering is not permissible unless the material is
heated to a forging temperature.
8.3 Plate Edge Preparation — The edges of plates may be sheared,
marked, chipped or machine oxygen-cut. Shearing shall be limited to
10.00 mm for butt-welded joints. When edges of plates are oxygen-cut, the
resulting surface shall be uniform, smooth and free from scale and slag
accumulations before welding. A fine film of rust adhering after wire
brushing on cut or sheared edges that are to be welded need not be
removed. Circumferential edges of roof and bottom sketch plates or
annulars may be manually oxygen-cut.
8.4 Shaping of Shell Plates — Shell plates may be shaped to suit the
curvature of the tank and erection procedure to the following schedule:
Except where otherwise specified by the purchaser, all shell plates
shall be rolled to correct curvature.
8.5 Shop Painting — Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser,
painting shall be as specified in 8.5.1 to 8.5.3.
8.5.1 All roof structural members, stairways, handrails, etc, shall be
thoroughly cleaned and freed from rust and scale and painted with a
primary coat of an approved paint before despatch. Tank plates shall be
despatched unpainted.
8.5.2 Where facilities are available, it is recommended that the whole of
the tank material including mounting should have the mill scale removed
by pickling or alternatively by sand or shot-blasting and be painted with
an approved primer immediately after cleaning. Protective coatings may
be used on surfaces to be welded subject to their inclusion in a welding
procedure qualification test, and acceptance thereof.
8.5.3 All machined surfaces and bolts and nuts shall be left unpainted
and coated with an approved corrosion inhibitor in a petroleum base
before despatch.
8.6 Marking
8.6.1 All plates and structural members shall be marked in accordance
with a marking diagram to be supplied by the manufacturer, which shall
also bear such other marks as may be required to facilitate erection.
Nominal Plate Thickness, Min
mm
Nominal Tank Diameter
m
5
10
13
16
12 and less
20 and less
40 and less
All
IS : 803 - 1976
60
8.6.2 Erection marks shall be painted clearly on plates and structural
members in white paint and shall be at least 50 mm high. In addition,
they shall be hand stamped in symbols not less than 12 mm high, which
in the case of plates, shall be in the corner approximately 150 mm from
either edge. For curved plates, such marks shall be on the concave side.
8.7 Packing — All projecting plates and all ends of members at joints
shall be stiffened, all straight plates shall be bundled, all screwed ends
and machined surfaces shall be suitably packed, all rivets, bolts, railing
connections and other small parts shall be packed separately and all
other tank material shall be suitably packed so as to prevent damage or
distortion during transit.
8.8 Inspection
8.8.1 The inspector shall have free access at all reasonable times to those
parts of the manufacturer’s works which are concerned with the
fabrication of the steel work and shall be afforded all reasonable facilities
for satisfying himself that the fabrication is being undertaken in
accordance with the provisions of this standard.
8.8.2 Unless otherwise specified, inspection shall be made at the place of
manufacture prior to despatch and shall be conducted so as not to
interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the work.
8.8.3 The manufacturer shall guarantee compliance with the provisions of
this standard if required to do so by the purchaser.
8.8.4 Should any structure or part of a structure be found not to comply
with any of the provisions of this standard, it shall be liable to rejection.
No structure or part of the structure once rejected shall be resubmitted
for test except in cases where the purchaser or his authorized
representative considers the defect as rectifiable.
8.8.5 Defects which may appear during fabrication shall be made good in
a manner acceptable to the purchaser’s inspector.
8.8.6 All gauges and templates necessary to satisfy the inspector shall be
supplied by the manufacturer. The inspector may at his discretion check
the test results obtained at the manufacturer’s works by independent
tests at the National Test House or elsewhere and should the material so
tested be found to be unsatisfactory, the cost of such tests shall be borne
by the manufacturer, and if satisfactory, the cost shall be borne by the
purchaser.
9. SITE ERECTION
9.1 Foundations
9.1.1 The foundation for receiving the tank bottom shall be provided by
the purchaser unless otherwise stated in the purchase order. It shall
IS : 803 - 1976
61
be properly consolidated. Where the bearing power of the soil is poor,
special soil investigation shall be carried out to determine the most
practical and economical procedure for stabilization of the tank
foundation and determination of maximum allowable tank height.
9.1.2 All reasonable care shall be taken to prevent damage to the
foundation during erection.
9.1.3 Level foundations shall be provided for tank erection. The
foundation should have adequate bearing power to maintain the levelness
of foundation till hydraulic test, which is essential for tank shells being
built to tolerances specified in 9.3.5.1.
9.1.3.1 Where concrete ringwalls are provided under the shell, the top of
the ringwall shall be level within ±3 mm in any 10 metres of
circumference and within ±6 mm in the total circumference.
9.1.3.2 Where concrete ringwalls are not provided, the foundation under
the shell shall be level within ±3 mm in any 3 metres of circumference and
within ±12 mm in the total circumference.
9.2 Preparation of Materials — All materials shall be inspected and
faired as necessary at site to ensure that any damage received during
transportation is corrected before erection to the satisfaction of the
purchaser’s representative. Particular attention shall be given to the
removal of buckles and other forms of distortion in shell and bottom
plates. Irregularities and dirt which would prevent metal to metal contact
at the jointing faces shall be removed.
9.3 Erection of Plates
9.3.1 Plate Holding Devices — The method of holding the plates in
position during welding and all devices used for this purpose should be
approved by the purchaser.
9.3.2 The first course of shell plates shall be held in position by metal
clamps or other devices attached to the bottom plates whilst it is plumbed
and checked for circularity and before it is tack welded to the bottom.
9.3.3 Lap Joints — All lap joints shall be held in close contact during
welding and the surface in contact shall be thoroughly cleaned before
assembly.
9.3.4 Erection Holes and Attachments
9.3.4.1 Holes in platework to assist in erection should be avoided as far as
possible. The method of filling any holes made shall be approved by the
purchaser.
9.3.4.2 Lugs attached by welding to the tank and required only for the
purpose of erection shall be removed on completion of erection without
IS : 803 - 1976
62
damaging the parent metal. Such areas shall be inspected carefully and
shall be reinforced by weld deposit if required. All such weldments on the
exterior of tank shall be ground smooth to present a neat appearance.
9.3.5 Circularity and Shape
9.3.5.1 Tank shells shall be built to the following tolerances to produce a
tank of acceptable appearance and to permit proper functioning of
floating roofs. These tolerances may be waived by agreement between the
purchaser and the manufacturer:
a) The maximum out-of-plumbness of the top of the shell relative to the
bottom of the shell shall not exceed 1/200 of the total tank height.
b) Radii measured at 300 mm above the bottom corner weld shall not
exceed the following tolerances:
c) Peaking of vertical weld joints measured over an arc length of 1 m
shall not exceed 12 mm.
d) Bending of horizontal weld joints measured by a straightedge of 1 m
length shall not exceed 12 mm.
9.3.5.2 The top of the tank shell shall be carefully checked for circularity,
dimensions and level before the roof members (fixed roof tank) or the
primary wind girder (floating roof tank) are erected.
9.3.6 Alignment
9.3.6.1 Plates to be joined by butt welding shall be matched accurately
and retained in position during the welding operation. Misalignment in
completed vertical joints shall not exceed 10 percent of the plate thickness
or 1.5 mm for plates 20 mm thick and under, and 3 mm for plates over
20 mm thick, whichever is the larger.
9.3.6.2 In completed horizontal butt joints, the upper plate shall not
project beyond the face of the lower plate at any point by more than 20
percent of the thickness of the upper plate, with a maximum of 3 mm,
except that a projection of 1.5 mm is permissible of upper plate less than
8 mm thick.
9.3.7 Tank shells shall be safeguarded from damage due to wind by
provision of steel wire guys or any other means until completion of roof
framing or the wind girder in the case of an open top tank.
Diameter Range, m Radius Tolerance, mm
0 to 12 excluding
12 to 45 excluding
45 to 75 excluding
Over 75
±12
±18
±25
±32
IS : 803 - 1976
63
9.4 Tolerances in Floating Roof Tanks
9.4.1 The differences in the gap between the shell and the periphery of
the roof during erection of the roof shall not exceed 12 mm from the
nominal gap.
9.4.2 The distance from the centre of the floating roof assembly to the
vertical face of its outer circumferential rim, prior to fitting the sealing
mechanism, shall have a tolerance of 12 mm for tanks up to 44-metre
diameter and 25 mm for tanks with diameters over 44 metres.
9.4.3 Notwithstanding the various tolerances for shell dimensions, and
the floating roof, the difference in the gap between the shell and the
periphery of the roof shall not exceed 50 mm from the nominal value or
such other limit specified by the manufacturer depending on the
adaptability of the sealing mechanism provided by the manufacturer.
10. SITE WELDING
10.1 General
10.1.1 Tanks and their structural attachments shall be welded by the
metal arc or submerged-arc process. The welding may be performed
manually, automatically or semi-automatically using suitable equipment.
10.1.2 The welding procedure in general and the qualification of welders
shall be as specified in IS : 823-1964* and IS : 817-1966†.
10.2 Welding Sequence
10.2.1 The welding sequence for tack welding and final welding of the
bottom, shell and roof plates shall be such as to minimize the distortion
due to welding shrinkage.
10.2.2 The welding sequence to be adopted shall be the subject of
agreement between the purchaser and the erector.
10.3 Weather Conditions — Welding shall not be carried out when the
surfaces of the parts to be welded are wet from any cause and during
periods of rain and high winds unless the welder and work are properly
shielded. Welding shall not be done when the base metal temperature is
less than – 18°C. When the base metal temperature is between – 18°C
and 0°C or the thickness is in excess of 32 mm, the surface of the two
plates to be joined shall be pre-heated to a temperature warm to the hand
to a distance of not less than four times the plate thickness, or 75 mm,
whichever is the greater, in any direction, before welding is begun, and
during the course of the welding operation this pre-heat temperature
shall be maintained in the specified area.
*Code of procedure for manual metal arc welding of mild steel.
†Code of practice for training and testing of metal arc welders ( revised ).
IS : 803 - 1976
64
10.4 Electrodes — Electrodes shall be in accordance with IS : 814 (Part
I)-1974* or IS : 814 (Part II)-1974† as required. They shall be stored in a
dry place in their original packets or cartons.
10.5 Tack Welds — Tack welds used in the assembly of the vertical
joints of tank shells, and those used for assembling the shell to the bottom
shell be removed and shall not remain in the finished joint. Tack welds in
the bottom, roof and circumferential joints of the shell, and other joints,
need not be removed provided they are sound and the subsequent weld
beads are thoroughly fused into the tack welds.
10.6 Welding Procedure
10.6.1 Each layer of weld metal in multi-layer welding shall be cleaned of
slag and other deposits before the next layer is applied. Slag shall also be
removed from the finished welds before inspection.
10.6.2 The reverse side of full penetration butt joints shall be cleaned
thoroughly prior to the application of the first bead to this side, in a
manner that will leave the exposed surface suitable for the fusion of the
weld metal to be added. This may be done by chipping, grinding or
gouging, or when the back of the initial bead is smooth and free from
crevices which might entrap slag, by other methods which may, upon field
inspection, be acceptable to the purchaser.
10.6.3 The weld metal of both sides of all butt joints shall be built up so
that the finished face in the area of fusion extends above the surface of
the adjoining plates, or the thinner plate joined, preferably by not more
than 1.5 mm.
10.6.4 There shall be no undercutting of the base metal, except on
horizontal welds where undercutting up to 1 mm is permissible.
10.6.5 The edges of all welds shall merge with the surface of the adjoining
plates without a sharp angle.
10.6.6 Peening of welds shall not be carried out except by agreement
between the tank erector and the purchaser. In no case shall the final
layer of the weld be peened.
10.6.7 Welding procedures used shall produce weldments whose
mechanical properties are consistent with the plate material joined.
Welding procedure qualifications for vertical and horizontal welds for
design metal temperatures less than 10°C shall include impact tests in
the weld metal and heat affected zone. The impact tests shall show an
average of at least 25.5 N.m (2.5 kgf.m) at the design metal temperature.
*Specification for covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steel: Part I
For welding products other than sheets ( fourth revision ).
†Specification for covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steel: Part II
For welding sheets ( fourth revision ).
IS : 803 - 1976
65
Weld metal impact specimens shall be taken across the weld with the
notch in the weld metal. The specimen shall be oriented so that the notch
is normal to the surface of the material. One face of the specimen shall be
substantially parallel to and within 1.5 mm of the surface of material 25
mm and thinner. For material more than 25 mm thickness, the impact
specimens shall be taken as near midway between the surface and the
centre of thickness as practical.
Heat-affected zone impact specimens shall be taken across the weld
and as near the surface of the material as is practical. The specimens
shall be of sufficient length to locate, after etching, the notch in the
heat-affected zone. The notch shall be cut approximately normal to the
material surface to include as much heat-affected zone material as
possible in the resulting fracture.
10.7 Inspection
10.7.1 The purchaser’s inspector shall have at all times free entry to all
parts of the job while work under the contract is being performed. The
manufacturer shall afford to purchaser’s inspector, free of cost, reasonable
facilities to assure him that the work is being performed in accordance
with this standard.
10.7.2 Material damaged by defective workmanship, or otherwise
defective, shall be rejected. The manufacturer shall be liable to furnish
new material promptly or correct defective workmanship to the
satisfaction of the purchaser’s inspectors.
11. RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF SHELL JOINTS
11.1 Application — Spot radiographic inspection by X-ray or gamma-
ray shall be confined to shell joints on tanks where a joint efficiency factor
of 0.85 is specified. Procedure and technique adopted shall be in
accordance with IS : 1182-1967* and IS : 2595-1963†.
11.2 Preparation for Examination — All butt-welded joints to be
radiographed shall be prepared as follows:
The weld ripples or weld surface irregularities on both the inside
and outside shall be removed by any suitable mechanical process to
such a degree that the radiographic contrast resulting from any
irregularities cannot mask or be confused with the image or any
objectionable defect. Also, the weld surface shall merge smoothly into
the plate surface. The finished surface of the reinforcement may be
flush with the plate or may have a reasonable uniform crown not to
exceed the following values:
*Recommended practice for radiographic examination of fusion welded butt joints in
steel plates ( first revision ).
†Code of practice for radiographic testing.
IS : 803 - 1976
66
11.3 Number and Location of Radiographs
11.3.1 Radiographs shall be taken as follows:
a) Vertical joints — One spot radiograph shall be taken in the first 3 m
of completed vertical joint of each type and thickness welded by each
welder or welding operator. Thereafter, without regard to the
number of welders or welding operators working thereon, one
additional spot radiograph shall be taken in each additional 25 m
(approximately), and any remaining major fraction thereof, of
vertical joints of the same type and thickness. At least 25 percent of
the selected spots shall be at junctions of vertical and horizontal
joints, with a minimum of two such intersections per tank.
b) Horizontal joints — Where complete penetration and complete
fusion are specified, one spot radiograph shall be taken in the first
3 m of completed horizontal joint of the same type and thickness
(based on the thickness of the thicker plate at the joint), without
regard to the number of welders or welding operators working
thereon. Thereafter, one radiograph shall be taken in each
additional 50 m (approximately) and any remaining major fraction
thereof, of horizontal joint of the same type and thickness.
c) For the purpose of this section, plates shall be considered of the same
thickness when the difference in the specified or design thickness
does not exceed 0.8 mm.
d) When two or more tanks are erected in the same location for the
same purchaser, either concurrently or continuously, the number of
spot radiographs to be taken may be based on the aggregate length
of welds of the same type and thickness in each group of tanks
rather than on the length of weld in each individual tank.
11.3.2 It is to be recognized that the same welder or welding operator may
or may not weld both sides of the same butt joint. It is therefore permissible
to inspect the work of two welders or welding operators with one spot
radiograph if they weld opposite sides of the same butt joint. When a spot
radiograph is rejected, it shall be determined by further spot radiographs
whether one or both welders or welding operators were at fault.
11.3.3 As far as possible, an equal number of spot radiographs shall be
taken from the work of each welder or welding operator, except that this
requirement shall not apply where the length of joint welded by a welder
or welding operator is much less than average.
Plate Thickness
mm
Maximum Thickness of Reinforcement
mm
Up to 12, including
Over 12 and up to 25 including
Over 25
1.5
2.5
3
IS : 803 - 1976
67
11.3.4 The locations for taking spot radiographs may be determined by
the purchaser’s inspector.
11.3.5 As welding progresses, radiographs shall be taken as soon as
practicable.
11.4 Film — Each radiograph shall clearly show a minimum of 150 mm
of weld length. The film shall be centred on the weld and shall be of
sufficient width to permit adequate space for the location of identification
marks and thickness gauge or penetrometer.
11.5 Film Defects — All radiographs shall be free from excessive
mechanical processing defects which would interfere with proper
interpretation of the radiographs.
11.6 Submission of Radiographs — Prior to any repairs of welds, the
radiographs shall be submitted to the inspector, who may be nominated
by the purchaser, with such information as he may request regarding the
radiographic technique used.
11.7 Radiographic Standards — Sections of welds which are shown by
radiography to have any of the following imperfections, shall be judged
unacceptable:
a) Any crack, incomplete fusion, or incomplete penetration.
b) Any individual elongated inclusion having a length greater than
two-thirds the thickness of the thinner plate of the joint. However,
regardless of the plate thickness, no such inclusion shall be longer
than 20 mm, and no such inclusion shorter than 6 mm shall be the
cause for rejection.
c) Any group of inclusions in line, where the sum of the longest
dimensions of all such imperfections is greater than T (where T is
the thickness of the thinner plate joined) in a length of 6T, except
when each of the individual spaces between imperfections is greater
than three times the length of the longer of the adjacent
imperfections. When the length of the radiograph is less than 6T,
the permissible sum of the lengths of all inclusions shall be
proportionately less than T, provided the limits of the deficient
welding are clearly defined.
d) Porosity in excess of that shown as acceptable in the following
specifications:
1) The total area of porosity as determined from the radiographic
film shall not exceed 0.060T mm
2
in any 150 mm length of weld,
where T is the thickness of the weld. If the weld is less than
150 mm long, the total area of porosity shall be reduced in
proportion. The maximum pore dimension shall be 20 percent of T
or 3 mm, whichever is smaller, except that an isolated pore
IS : 803 - 1976
68
separated from an adjacent pore by 25 mm or more may be 30
percent of T or 6 mm, whichever is less. Dark images of a
generally circular or oval shape shall be interpreted as porosity
for the purposes of this standard.
2) The porosity charts in Fig. 20 to 23 illustrate various types of
assorted and uniform, randomly dispersed porosity indications.
These charts represent the maximum acceptable porosity for each
thickness. The charts represent full-scale 150 mm radiographs
and shall not be enlarged or reduced. The porosity distributions
shown are not necessarily the patterns that may appear on the
radiograph but are typical of the number and size of indications
permitted. When porosity indications differ significantly from the
porosity charts, the actual numbers and sizes of the pores may be
measured and the total area of porosity calculated.
3) In any 25 mm length of weld or 2T, whichever is smaller, porosity
may be clustered to a concentration four times that permitted by
0.060T. Such clustered porosity shall be included in the porosity
in any 150 mm length of weld which includes the cluster.
4) Aligned porosity shall be acceptable, provided the summation of
the diameters of the pores is not more than T in a length 12T or
150 mm, whichever is less. However, each pore shall be separated
by a distance at least six times the diameter of the largest
adjacent pore. Aligned porosity indications shall be counted in
the total area of permissible indications in any 100 mm length
of weld.
5) Permissible porosity indications for weld thicknesses
intermediate to those illustrated may be evaluated either by
comparison with the next thinner material or by calculation, as
shown in Table 17.
11.8 Determination of Limits of Defective Welding — When a
section of weld is shown by a radiograph to be unacceptable under the
provisions of 11.7, or the limits of the deficient welding are not defined by
such radiograph, two adjacent spots shall be examined by radiography.
However, if the original radiograph shows at least 75 mm of acceptable
weld between the defect and any one edge of the film, an additional
radiograph need not be taken of the weld on that side of the defect. If
the weld at either of the two adjacent sections fails to comply with
the requirements of 11.7, additional nearby spots shall be examined until
the limits of unacceptable welding are determined; or the erector may
replace all the welding performed by the welder or welding operator on
that joint. If the welding is replaced, the inspector shall have the option of
requiring that one radiograph be taken at any selected location on
any other joint on which the same welder (or operator) has welded. If any
IS : 803 - 1976
69
of such additional spots fails to comply with the requirements of 11.7, the
limits of unacceptable welding shall be determined as specified for the
initial section.
11.9 Repair of Defective Welds — Defects in welds shall be repaired by
chipping or melting out such defects from one or from both sides of the
joint, as required, and rewelding. Only sufficient cutting out of defective
joints is required as is necessary to correct the defects.
All repaired welds in joints shall be checked by repeating the original
test procedure.
11.10 Record of Radiographic Examination — A record shall be
made by the erector of all films, with their identification marks, on a
developed shell plate diagram.
After the completion of the structure, the films shall be the property of
the purchaser, unless otherwise agreed between the purchaser and the
erector.
12. TESTING OF TANKS
12.1 Bottom Testing
12.1.1 After the bottom and at least the bottom course of shell plates have
been welded, the bottom shall be tested by pumping air beneath the
bottom plates to a pressure just sufficient to lift them off the foundation
and in any case, not less than 100 mmH
2
O gauge. The pressure shall be
held by the construction of a temporary dam of clay or other suitable
material around the tank periphery. Soap suds or other suitable material
shall be applied to all joints for detection of leaks.
TABLE 17 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE POROSITY INDICATIONS IN
RADIOGRAPHS PER 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD ( see Fig. 20 to 23 )
[ Clause 11.7( d )(5) ]
WELD
THICKNESS
TOTAL AREA
OF PERMITTED
POROSITY
LARGE PORES MEDIUM PORE FINE PORE
Size Number Size Number Size Number
(1) (2)
cm
2
(3)
mm
(4) (5)
mm
(6) (7)
mm
(8)
3
6
12
20
25
40
50
0.05
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.60
0.80


2.5
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2


4
4
5
7
10

0.6
0.80
0.90
1.0
1.20
1.4

31
40
50
50
50
51
0.40
0.40
0.50
0.60
0.70
0.90
1.0
40
100
101
99
101
99
100
¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ) ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ) ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ )
IS : 803 - 1976
70
12.1.2 Subject to agreement of the purchaser, fuel oil may be used instead
of air and soap suds to test for leaks.
12.1.3 Alternatively, the bottom seams may be tested by the vacuum box
method. Figure 24 shows typical details of a vacuum box.
12.2 Shell Testing
12.2.1 The shells of fixed roof tanks shall be tested after the completion of
the roof; those of open-top or floating roof tanks after completion of the
wind girder. Whenever possible, testing shall be by filling the tank with
water to the level of the top leg of the top-curb angle and noting any leaks.
When floating roofs are erected by floatation method, the shell shall be
tested concurrently with erection.
12.2.2 Where local conditions are such that testing with water is
impractical, the tank shall be tested by painting or spraying all joints on
the inside with a highly penetrating oil and noting any leaks, or by
pressurising the tank with air, the air pressure not exceeding the weight
of the roof plates, and carefully examining the joints for any leakage by
means of soap suds.
12.3 Fixed Roof Testing
12.3.1 When the tank-shell is tested with water, the roof shall be tested
by pumping air under the roof plates while the tank is still full of water.
In the case of non-pressure tanks, the roof shall be tested to a pressure of
73 mmH
2
O gauge; in the case of pressure roof tanks to a pressure of
one-and-a-quarter times the pressure at which the pressure side of the
pressure/vacuum-relief valve is designed to open. Soap suds or other
suitable material shall be applied to all joints for the detection of leaks.
Alternatively, the roof weld seams may be tested by vacuum box method.
12.3.2 When water is not available for testing the tank-shell, the roof
shall be tested by air as described in 12.2.2.
12.4 Repair of Leaks
12.4.1 All leaks detected during testing shall be repaired to the
satisfaction of the purchaser and on completion the entire tanks shall be
tight and free from leaks.
12.4.2 In the joints between roof plates only, pinhole leaks may be
repaired by mechanical caulking. However, where there is any indication
of considerable porosity the leaks shall be sealed by laying down an
additional layer of weld metal over the porous sections.
12.4.3 In all other joints, whether between shell plates or bottom plates or
both, leaks shall be repaired only by welding, if necessary, after first
cutting out the defective part.
12.4.4 When the tank is filled with water for testing, defects in the shell
joints shall be repaired with the water level at least 300 mm below the
joint being repaired.
IS : 803 - 1976
FIG. 20 RADIOGRAPHIC POROSITY STANDARDS — TYPICAL NUMBER AND SIZE
PERMITTED IN ANY 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD, 12 mm WELD THICKNESS
( see TABLE 17 ), TOTAL PORE AREA PERMITTED 0.20 cm
2
71
IS : 803 - 1976
FIG. 21 RADIOGRAPHIC POROSITY STANDARDS — TYPICAL NUMBER AND SIZE
PERMITTED IN ANY 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD, 20 mm WELD THICKNESS
( see TABLE 17 ), TOTAL PORE AREA PERMITTED 0.30 cm
2
72
IS : 803 - 1976
FIG. 22 RADIOGRAPHIC POROSITY STANDARDS — TYPICAL NUMBER AND SIZE
PERMITTED IN ANY 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD, 25 mm WELD THICKNESS
( see TABLE 17 ), TOTAL PORE AREA PERMITTED 0.40 cm
2
73
IS : 803 - 1976
FIG. 23 RADIOGRAPHIC POROSITY STANDARDS — TYPICAL NUMBER AND SIZE
PERMITTED IN ANY 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD, 50 mm WELD THICKNESS
( see TABLE 17 ), TOTAL PORE AREA PERMITTED 0.80 cm
2
74
IS : 803 - 1976
75
FIG. 24 DETAIL OF TYPICAL VACUUM BOX
IS : 803 - 1976
76
12.4.5 No welding shall be done on any tank unless all lines connecting
thereto have been completely blanked off. No repairs shall be attempted
on tanks while filled with oil, nor any tanks which have contained oil
until the tanks have been emptied, cleaned and gas freed in a safe
manner. No repairs shall be attempted by the erector on a tank which has
contained oil except in a manner approved in writing by the purchaser,
and in the absence of the purchaser’s inspector.
A P P E N D I X A
( Clause 3.3 )
INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY PURCHASER
A-1. The following information shall be supplied by the purchaser in his
enquiry:
a) Location of tank;
b) Nominal capacity of tank;
c) Tank diameter and/or height restrictions;
d) Internal tank pressure and/or vacuum;
e) Rate of filling and emptying tank;
f) Product to be stored, its design specific gravity;
g) Minimum ambient temperature where tank is located or design
metal temperature;
h) Corrosion allowance for shell, bottom, roof, structure and other
parts;
j) Maximum wind speeds;
k) Earthquake factor;
m) Any additional loads to be considered for tank design;
n) Type of foundation, and bearing capacity of the soil;
p) List of mountings required and their location on the tank;
q) Type of bottom construction — lap or butt welded;
r) Type of roof, namely, cone, dome or open-top. In case of supported
cone column supported or truss supported;
s) Extent of painting required and surface preparation; and
t) Scope of supply of tank manufacturer.
IS : 803 - 1976
77
A P P E N D I X B
( Clause 6.3.9 )
ALTERNATE DESIGN FOR TANK SHELLS
B-1. GENERAL
B-1.1 The rules given in this appendix permit the use of a higher design
stress and a design based on the specific gravity of the product to be
stored. These rules can be applied only when specified by the purchaser.
B-1.2 The purchaser should give special consideration to foundations,
corrosion allowance, or any other protective measures deemed necessary.
Shells designed on the basis of these rules shall incorporate all provisions
of this appendix. For all other details, provisions of the code shall apply.
B-2. MATERIALS
B-2.1 Plate materials specified in 4.1 shall be used without impact testing
on tank shells and its reinforcements under these rules for design metal
temperatures greater than 10°C.
B-2.2 For temperatures lower than 10°C, up to – 20°C materials listed
in 4.1, with the exception of steel conforming to IS : 226-1975*, steels
shall be used and shall demonstrate adequate notch toughness at the
design metal temperature. Each plate as rolled shall be impact tested at
the design metal temperature to show that the average of three Charpy
V-notch full sized specimens is a minimum of 4 kgf.m (longitudinal) or 2.5
kgf.m (transverse).
B-2.3 Plate materials used for insert type reinforcement in thickness
greater than 50 mm shall conform to IS : 2002-1962† Grade 2B or
IS : 2041-1962‡ and shall meet test requirements as specified above.
B-2.4 Piping and flanges used shall meet specifications listed under 4.5
and 4.6 respectively and shall have a minimum Charpy V-notch impact
strength of 20 N.m (2 kgf.m) (full sized specimen) at the design metal
temperature when it is below 10°C.
B-3. ALLOWABLE STRESS
B-3.1 The maximum allowable stress including the joint efficiency factor
for designing shells shall be 0.7 of the minimum yield stress or 0.4 of the
minimum ultimate tensile stress whichever is less, except that an
additional safety factor of 1.05 shall be considered in computing maximum
allowable stress values for designing the bottom course of tank shells.
*Specification for structural steel (standard quality) ( fifth revision ).
†Specification for steel plates for boilers.
‡Specification for steel plates for pressure vessels.
IS : 803 - 1976
78
B-4. PLATE THICKNESS
B-4.1 The minimum thickness of shell plates shall not be less than that
calculated from the following formula or according to 6.3.3.2 whichever is
greater:
where
B-4.2 The manufacturer may use a combination of high strength steel for
lower courses and low strength steel for upper courses, provided that the
thickness of any course is not less than the course immediately above it.
B-5. HYDROSTATIC STRESSES
B-5.1 Stresses in plates due to hydrostatic loading shall not exceed 3/7 of
minimum ultimate tensile stress of the material used. Plate thicknesses
determined by B-4.1 or 6.3.3.2 shall be checked for hydrostatic stresses S
1
by the following equation and shall be increased as required to keep it
within specified limits:
B-6. SHELL CONNECTIONS
B-6.1 All shell opening connections which require reinforcement shall be
attached by welds fully penetrating the shell. Where insert type
reinforcements, shown in Fig. 25, are used, they shall be butt-welded into
the shell as shown, with the welds having complete penetration and
t =
+ c where S is in N/mm
2
or
=
+ c where S is in kgf/cm
2
t = minimum thickness in mm;
D = nominal diameter of tank in m;
H = height from the bottom of the course under consideration to top
curb angle or to bottom of any overflow which limits tank filling
height in m;
G = specific gravity of liquid to be stored;
S = allowable stress as computed from B-3.1; and
c = corrosion allowance in mm to be specified by purchaser, but not
less than 1.5 mm.
S
1
=
N/mm
2
≤ 3/7 Min UTS
or
=
kgf/cm
2
≤ 3/7 Min UTS
4.9 H 0.3 – ( ) D G ×
S
------------------------------------------------------- -
50 H 0.3 – ( ) D G ×
S
------------------------------------------------------
4.9 H 0.3 – ( ) D
t
---------------------------------------------
50 H 0.3 – ( ) D
t
-------------------------------------------
IS : 803 - 1976
79
fusion. Welds attaching manholes and nozzles into these insert plates
may have partial penetration as shown in Fig. 25.
B-6.2 All opening connections 300 mm or larger in nominal diameter
welded into a shell plate exceeding 25 mm in thickness shall be
prefabricated into the shell plate of thickened insert plate and this complete
assembly shall be stress-relieved before erection. Alternatively, all
weldments and the heat-affected zones on this assembly may be locally
stress-relieved by electric induction heating method, however, prior to
welding the plate assembly into the tank. The stress-relieving requirements
do not apply to the weld to the bottom annular plate, except for flush type
cleanout openings. All flush types cleanout openings, including the bottom
reinforcing plate or annular plate shall be stress-relieved.
B-6.2.1 Where stress relief has been performed, the spacing from the
periphery weld to a shell butt-weld shall be at least 150 mm from vertical
joints or 75 mm from horizontal joints provided that, in either case, the
spacing is not less than 3 times the shell thickness. These rules shall also
apply to the bottom-to-shell joint except that, as an alternative the insert
plate or reinforcing plate may extend to and intersect the bottom-to-shell
joint at approximately 90°.
B-6.3 All welds attaching manholes and nozzles shall be examined by
magnetic particle inspection, after stress-relieving if any, but before the
hydrostatic test of the tank.
B-6.4 Flush type cleanout openings in accordance with 7.8 are
permissible with the following exception:
a) The material for shell plate in the cleanout opening assembly, the
shell reinforcing plate, the tank bottom reinforcing plate and the
neck plate shall conform to requirements of B-2.
b) The maximum height of the opening in the shell shall not exceed
900 mm.
c) The upper corner radius r
1
of a 900 × 1 200 mm shell opening ( see
Table 14 ) shall be 600 mm.
B-6.5 Piping attached to nozzles on the shell shall be designed to have
maximum flexibility to eliminate or minimize loads on the shell connections
imposed by its restraint. Nozzle reinforcements shall also be designed to
take care of any additional loading caused by piping or other attachments.
B-7. RADIOGRAPHY
B-7.1 The following additional radiography over the requirements specified
in 11 shall be carried out on tanks built under the rules of this appendix:
a) On shell plates up to 10 mm thickness, one additional radiograph
shall be taken on all vertical joints.
IS : 803 - 1976
80
FIG. 25 INSERT TYPE REINFORCEMENT FOR MANHOLES AND NOZZLES
IS : 803 - 1976
81
b) On shell plates greater than 10 mm and up to and including 25 mm,
all the joints shall be radiographed showing at least 50 mm of
horizontal weld on either side of the intersection. On the lowest
course, one additional radiograph shall be taken as close as
practicable to the shell/bottom fillet weld.
c) On shell plates greater than 25 mm, vertical welds shall be fully
radiographed. Additionally, all the joints shall be radiographed
showing at least 50 mm of horizontal weld on either side of the
intersection.
d) Butt welds around insert type reinforcements shall be fully
radiographed.
B-8. WELDING PROCEDURES AND INSPECTION
B-8.1 Low-hydrogen electrodes shall be used for all manual metal-arc
welds of shell courses having a thickness of 14 mm or more.
B-8.2 Welding procedures used shall produce weldments whose
mechanical properties are consistent with the plate material joined.
Welding procedure qualifications for vertical and horizontal welds for
design metal temperatures less than 10°C shall include impact tests in
the weld metal and heat-affected zone. The impact tests shall show an
average of at least 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m) at the design metal temperature.
B-8.2.1 Weld metal impact specimens shall be taken across the weld with
the notch in the weld metal. The specimen shall be oriented so that the
notch is normal to the surface of the material. One face of the specimen
shall be substantially parallel to and within 1.5 mm of the surface of
material 25 mm and thinner. For material more than 25 mm thickness,
the impact specimens shall be taken as near midway between the surface
and the centre of thickness as practical.
B-8.2.2 Heat-affected zone impact specimens shall be taken across the
weld and as near the surface of the material as is practical. The
specimens shall be of sufficient length to locate, after etching, the notch in
the heat-affected zone. The notch shall be cut approximately normal to
the material surface to include as much heat-affected zone material as
possible in the resulting fracture.
B-8.3 When the service conditions might include the presence of hydrogen
sulphide, it is recommended that consideration be given to the hardness of
the inside welds, including the heat-affected zone, in order to minimize the
possibility of stress corrosion cracking. The weld metal and adjacent
heat-affected zone often contain a zone of hardness well in excess of RC 22
and could be expected to be more susceptible to cracking than unwelded
material. Any hardness criteria should be a matter of agreement between
the purchaser and the manufacturer and should be based on an evaluation
of the expected hydrogen sulphide concentration in the product, the
IS : 803 - 1976
82
possibility of moisture being present on the inside metal surface, and the
strength and hardness characteristics of base metal and weld metal.
B-9. FOUNDATION
B-9.1 The selection of the tank site and the design and construction of the
foundation shall be given careful consideration in order to ensure
adequate tank support. Concrete ringwall foundations shall be considered.
The adequacy of the foundation is the responsibility of the purchaser.
A P P E N D I X C
( Clause 6.4.2.5 )
VENT SIZING FOR ATMOSPHERIC AND LOW PRESSURE
TANKS
C-1. SCOPE
C-1.1 This appendix applies to the normal and emergency venting
requirements for above ground fixed-roof tanks for liquid petroleum
storage, designed to specifications of this code. The following rules outline
safe and reasonable practices for the normal climatic and normal
operating conditions.
C-1.2 Where abnormal conditions exist or are anticipated, such as tanks
containing heated oil, receiving oil from wells or traps, using flame
arrestors or such restrictions and tanks subjected to pipe line surges,
larger venting capacity than that indicated by the provisions of this
appendix may have to be provided.
C-2. DETERMINATION OF VENTING REQUIREMENTS
C-2.1 Venting requirements shall be computed for the following
conditions:
a) Vacuum or inbreathing owing to maximum outflow of oil from tank.
b) Vacuum or inbreathing owing to vapour contraction resulting from a
sharp decrease in atmospheric temperature.
c) Pressure or outbreathing caused by maximum inflow of oil into
tanks and the resulting maximum evaporation.
d) Pressure or outbreathing due to expansion and evaporation caused
by maximum increase in atmospheric temperatures (thermal
breathing).
e) Pressure or outbreathing owing to fire exposure.
IS : 803 - 1976
83
C-3. NORMAL VENTING CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS
C-3.1 Normal venting capacity shall be computed without exceeding the
normal operating pressure or vacuum conditions, thus avoiding physical
damage to the tank.
C-3.2 Total normal venting capacity shall not be less than the total of the
venting requirements arising out of oil movement and thermal effect. For
tanks storing volatile liquids, the required normal venting capacity may
be reduced since vapour formation and condensation which occur within
the permissible vessel operating pressure, shall provide the venting
requirements partially or fully. This should be taken into account where
noncondensables are present.
C-3.3 Vacuum Relief
C-3.3.1 Venting capacity required to be provided for maximum oil
movement from the tank should be equivalent to 15 m
3
per hour of
maximum emptying rate. This also includes gravitational flow of oil to
other tanks, for oils of any flash point.
C-3.3.2 For tanks storing oils of any flash point venting capacity required
resulting from thermal inbreathing shall not be less than that shown in
col 2 of Table 18.
C-3.4 Pressure Relief
C-3.4.1 Venting capacity required for maximum movement of oil into
tank and the resulting evaporation, should be equivalent to:
a) 17.5 m
3
of free air per hour for each 15 m
3
per hour of maximum
filling rate, for oils with a flash point of 40°C or above; and
b) 35 m
3
of free air per hour for each 15 m
3
per hour of maximum
filling rate for oils with a flash point below 40°C.
C-3.4.2 Venting capacity required for thermal outbreathing, including
thermal evaporation, for a given tank capacity should be equivalent to:
a) values shown in col 3 of Table 18 for oils with a flash point of 40°C or
above, and
b) value shown in col 4 of Table 18 for oils with a flash point below
40°C.
C-4. EMERGENCY VENTING CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS
C-4.0 In the event of a storage tank getting exposed to fire, the venting
rate may be in excess of that resulting from a combination of normal
thermal effects and oil movement. Provision of additional venting
capacity in such cases shall be dictated by the type of construction.
C-4.1 Tanks Having a Weak Roof-to-Shell Attachment — In the case
of fixed roof tanks with a roof-to-shell attachment (maximum 5 mm
IS : 803 - 1976
84
single-fillet weld) excess pressure will be safely relieved by the
preferential failure of the weak roof-to-shell junction, should the normal
venting capacity prove inadequate. Provision of additional emergency
venting requirements will not be necessary for tanks built to such
specification.
C-4.2 Tanks Without Weak Roof-to-Shell Connection — For tanks
not having a weak roof-to-shell connection as described in C-4.1, the
required venting capacity for fire exposure will be evaluated as outlined
below:
a) For tanks designed for pressures of 10 N/cm
2
(1 kgf/cm
2
) or below,
the total rate of venting shall be determined in accordance with
Table 19. No increase in venting is required for tanks with more
than 280 m
2
of exposed wetted surface.
b) For tanks and storage vessels designed for pressures over 10 N/cm
2
(1 kgf/cm
2
) the total rate of venting shall be determined in
accordance with Table 19 for the exposed wetted area not exceeding
280 m
2
. For exposed wetted area exceeding 280 m
2
, the total rate of
venting shall be calculated by the following formula:
CMH = 220 A
0.82
where
Wetted area for the tank shall be the total exposed area of the shell in
m
2
within a maximum height of 10 m above grade.
C-4.3 The total venting requirements in m
3
of free air as enumerated in
Table 19 and derived from the formula given in C-4.2 (b) are based on the
assumption that the liquid contained in the storage vessel will have
similar characteristics as that of hexane since this will provide results
which are within an acceptable degree of accuracy as desired, the total
emergency venting requirement for any specific liquid may be determined
by the following formula:
CMH of free air = V.
where
V = volume of free air in m
3
per hour from Table 19 or the formula
in C-4.2 (b),
L = latent heat of vaporization of the specific liquid in calories per
gram, and
M = molecular mass of the specific liquid.
CMH = venting requirement in m
3
of free air per hour at
10 N/cm
2
(1 kgf/cm
2
) and 15°C, and
A = exposed wetted surface in m
2
.
750
L M
--------------
IS : 803 - 1976
85
C-4.4 Since the normal thermal effect can be disregarded during a fire,
full credit may be taken for the vent capacity provided for normal venting
and it can also be assumed that there will be no oil movement into the
tanks.
C-4.5 Total venting capacity shall in no case be less than the values
enumerated in Table 19 and in the event of the normal vents being
inadequate, additional emergency vents of the type described in C-5.1(b)
shall be provided.
C-4.6 The vent size may be calculated on the basis of maximum allowable
working pressure.
C-4.7 The total rate of emergency venting as obtained from C-4.2(a)
and C-4.2(b) may be multiplied appropriately by one of the following
factors when additional protection is provided:
a) 0.5 when drainage is provided away from the tank or vessel.
b) 0.3, 0.15 and 0.075 when 25 mm, 50 mm and 100 mm thickness of
external insulation is provided respectively.
C-5. NORMAL VENTING
C-5.1 Normal venting shall be accomplished by a pilot-operated relief
valve, pressure relief valve, pressure vacuum (PV) valve, or an open vent
with or without a flame-arresting device in accordance with the following
requirements:
a) A pilot-operated relief valve, if used, shall be so designed that the
main valve will open automatically and protect the tank in the event
of failure of the pilot valve diaphragm or other essential functioning
device. Relief valves equipped with a weight and level, as far as
possible, should not be used.
b) A pressure relief valve is applicable on tanks operating above
atmospheric pressure; in cases where a vacuum can be created
within a tank, vacuum protection may be required.
c) PV valves are recommended for use on atmospheric storage tanks in
which oil with a flash point below 38°C is stored and for use on tanks
containing oil which is heated above the flash point of the oil. A
flame arrester is not considered necessary for use in conjunction
with a PV valve.
d) Open vents with a flame-arresting device may be used in place of PV
valves on tanks in which oil with a flash point below 38°C is stored
and on tanks containing oil which is heated above the flash point of
the oil.
e) Open vents may be used to provide venting capacity for tanks in
which oil with a flash point of 38°C above is stored, for heated tanks
where the oil storage temperature is below the oil flash point, for
tanks with a capacity of less than 10 m
3
used for the storage of any
IS : 803 - 1976
86
product, and for tanks with a capacity of less than 500 m
3
used for
the storage of crude oil.
f) In the case of viscous oils, such as cutback and penetration grade
asphalts, where the danger of tank collapse resulting from sticking
pallets or from plugging of flame arrestors is greater than the
possibility of flame transmission into the tank, open vents may be
used as an exception to the requirement for PV valves or
flame-arresting devices as called for in (c) and (d) above.
TABLE 18 THERMAL VENTING CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS
( Clauses C-3.3.2 and C-3.4.2 )
[Expressed in cubic metres of free air per hour at 10 N/cm
2
(1 kgf/cm
2
) and 15°C]
TANK CAPACITY VACUUM
(INBREATHING)
PRESSURE (OUTBREATHING)
Flash Point
40°C or Above
Flash Point
Below 40°C
(1)
m
3
(2) (3) (4)
7.5
12
60
120
240
360
480
600
1 200
1 800
2 400
3 000
3 600
4 200
4 800
5 400
6 000
7 200
8 350
9 550
10 750
11 950
14 300
16 700
19 100
21 500
1.75
3
15
30
60
86
115
145
285
425
570
680
795
880
965
1 050
1 135
1 245
1 360
1 475
1 590
1 700
1 925
2 125
2 325
2 550
1.25
1.75
8.5
17
35
50
70
85
170
255
340
425
485
540
595
655
680
765
825
880
965
1 020
1 160
1 275
1 415
1 530
1.75
3
15
30
60
85
115
145
285
425
570
680
795
880
965
1 050
1 135
1 245
1 360
1 475
1 590
1 700
1 925
2 125
2 325
2 550
NOTE — For tanks with intermediate capacities, values may be computed by
interpolation.
¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ; ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ )
IS : 803 - 1976
87
TABLE 19 TOTAL RATE OF EMERGENCY VENTING REQUIRED FOR FIRE
EXPOSURE VERSUS WETTED SURFACE AREA
( Clauses C-4.2, C-4.3 and C-4.5 )
[Wetted area versus cubic metres of free air per hour at 10 N/cm
2
(1 kgf/cm
2
) and 15°C]
WETTED AREA VENTING REQUIREMENT
(1)
m
2
(2)
m
3
/h
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
120
140
160
180
200
240
280
600
900
1 200
1 500
1 800
2 100
2 400
2 700
3 000
3 600
4 200
4 800
5 400
6 000
6 800
7 500
8 200
8 850
10 000
11 100
12 150
13 100
14 000
14 850
15 800
16 650
17 400
18 100
18 750
19 950
21 000
NOTE — For exposed wetted surfaces with more than 280 m
2
area, see C-4.2(a),
C-4-2(b) and C-4.4. For intermediate values of wetted surface area, venting
requirement should be evaluated by interpolation.
IS : 803 - 1976
88
C-6. EMERGENCY VENTING
C-6.1 Emergency venting of a tank may be achieved by the use of:
a) larger or additional open vents within limitations specified in C-5,
b) larger or additional pressure-vacuum valves or pressure relief valves,
c) a gauge hatch or a manhole whose cover will lift under abnormal
internal pressure,
d) a weak roof-to-shell attachment (weaker than the weakest vertical
joint in the shell or shell-to-bottom joint) for preferential failure
under abnormal internal pressure, and
NOTE — This shall not be used as a means of emergency venting a tank within a
building.
e) other types of construction with provision for pressure relief.
A P P E N D I X D
( Clause 6.5 )
FLOATING ROOFS
D-1. SCOPE
D-1.1 This appendix furnishes minimum requirements to be considered in
the design and construction of pontoon, double-deck type floating roofs, and
covered floating roofs where a pan roof is installed within a fixed roof tank.
D-1.2 Floating roof tanks are mainly intended for protection of stored
products against evaporation and fire. Floating roofs control evaporation
which is characteristic of some crude oil and other petroleum products.
They eliminate filling losses and the vapour space above the product, thus
minimizing possible fire hazard and reaction of the product with air. Use
of floating roofs can be extended to products having absolute vapour
pressures up to 12.25 N/cm
2
(1.25 kgf/cm
2
) and containing small
percentages of air-vapour explosive mixtures.
D-2. GENERAL
D-2.1 The floating roof and accessories shall be so designed and
constructed as to allow the tank to overflow and then return to a liquid
level which floats the roof well below the top of the tank shell without
damage to any part of the roof, tank or appurtenances. During such an
occurrence, no manual attention shall be required to protect any of these
components. If a wind skirt or top shell extension is used for the purpose
of containing the roof seals at the highest point of travel, overflow
drainage openings or other means of alarm shall be provided to indicate
IS : 803 - 1976
89
and regulate the rise of liquid level in the tank above the nominal height
of tank, unless the tank shell has been designed for a liquid height to the
top of the shell extension.
D-2.2 The purchaser shall specify whether the tank shell diameter and
height are nominal or whether a net capacity is required up to the bottom
of the overflows.
D-2.3 Where specified by the purchaser foam dams around the outer edge
of the roof shall be provided so that fire fighting foam can be kept in
contact with the top side of the roof seal.
D-3. DECK AND PONTOON DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
D-3.1 It is recommended that roofs be of the contact type designed to
eliminate the pressure of any air-vapour mixture under the deck.
Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, all deck plates shall have
a minimum nominal thickness of 5 mm (40 kg/m
2
plate).
D-3.2 Deck plates shall be joined by continuous full fillet welds on the top
side. On the bottom side where flexure is anticipated adjacent to girders,
support legs, or other relatively rigid members, full-fillet welds not less
than 50 mm long on 250 mm centres shall be used on any plate laps which
occur within 300 mm of any such rigid support or member.
D-3.3 In the case of a covered floating roof, the outer rim of the floating
roof and the necks of any appurtenances installed through the deck shall
have a minimum height of 200 mm.
D-3.4 Top decks of double-deck roofs and of pontoon sections, which are
designed with a permanent slope for drainage, shall have a minimum
slope of 5 mm in 300 mm and preferably shall be lapped to provide the
best drainage. Plate buckles shall be kept to a minimum.
D-3.5 The minimum pontoon volume of a single-deck pontoon roof shall
be sufficient to keep the roof floating on a liquid with a specific gravity of
0.7 if the single deck and any two pontoon compartments are punctured.
The minimum pontoon volume of a double-deck roof shall be sufficient to
keep the roof floating on a liquid with a specific gravity of 0.7 if any two
pontoon compartments are punctured. The primary drainage shall be
considered as inoperative for either type of roof, but no live load need be
considered for the preceding design requirements. In addition, either type
of roof with the primary drainage inoperative shall accommodate a 250
mm rainfall in a 24-hour period over the entire roof area without sinking
(with no compartments or decks punctured). The roof may be designed to
carry the entire 24-hour rainfall, or emergency drains may be installed
which will limit the roof load to some lesser volume of water which the
roof will carry safely. Such emergency drains shall not allow the product
to flow on to the roof deck.
IS : 803 - 1976
90
Pontoon ring of a single deck floating roof shall have sufficient flexural
rigidity to resist compressive loads acting when the deck is punctured or
flooded with 250 mm of rain-water.
Large diameter pontoon roof tanks installed in areas subject to high
winds shall receive special consideration to stiffen the deck area and
provide greater safety against wind induced rippling.
D-3.6 Each compartment shall be provided with a manway with a rain
night cover. The manway covers shall be provided with suitable
hold-down fixtures or other means to prevent wind from removing the
covers. The top edge of manway necks shall be at an elevation to prevent
water entering the compartments under the conditions set forth in D-3.1.
D-3.7 All internal bulkhead plates or sheets shall be single-fillet welded
along their bottom and vertical edges for liquid-tightness. When specified
by the purchaser, the top edge of the bulkhead shall also be provided with
a continuous single-fillet weld for liquid-tightness.
D-4. ROOF DRAINS
D-4.1 Primary drains shall be of the hose, jointed or siphon type. A check
valve shall be provided near the roof end of the hose and jointed pipe
drains on single-deck and pan-type roofs to prevent backflow of stored
product in case of damage to the drain line. Provisions shall be included to
prevent kinking of the hose or pinching under the deck legs. Hose drains
shall be designed to permit replacement without entering to tank. The
swing joints of pipe drains shall be packed to prevent leakage. The
primary drain shall be adequate to drain the maximum rain-fall in a
24-hour period without flooding the deck; the minimum size shall be
equivalent in capacity to one 75-mm drain.
D-4.2 Provision shall also be made to drain rain-water from the deck of
pontoon roofs into the tank when the roof is resting on its support legs
and the primary drain is operating at its lowest efficiency.
D-5. LADDERS
D-5.1 The floating roof shall be supplied with a ladder which
automatically adjusts to any position of the roof in such manner as always
to provide access to the roof. The ladder shall be designed for full roof
travel, regardless of normal setting of roof-leg supports. If a rolling ladder
is furnished, it shall have full-length handrails on both sides and shall be
designed for a 450-kg mid-point load with the ladder in any operating
position.
D-6 VENTING
D-6.1 Suitable vents shall be provided to prevent over-stressing of the
roof deck or seal membrane. These vents shall be adequate to evacuate air
IS : 803 - 1976
91
and gases from underneath the roof when the roof is on its supports
during filling operations. They shall also be adequate to relieve any
vacuum generated underneath the roof after it settles on its supports
during withdrawal operations. The purchaser shall specify filling and
emptying rates so that the fabricator may size the vents accordingly.
D-6.2 In the case of covered floating roof tanks, circulation vents or
openings shall be located above the seal of the floating roof when the tank
is full. The maximum spacing shall be 10 m but in no case shall there be
less than four equally spaced vents. The total open area of these vents
shall be equal to or greater than 600 cm
2
/m of tank diameter. The fixed
roof of such tanks shall have an open vent at the centre or at the highest
elevation provided with a weather cover and a minimum area of 325 cm
2
.
These vents shall be provided with suitable coarse mesh screens to
prevent ingress of birds or animals.
D-7. SUPPORTING LEGS
D-7.1 The floating roof shall be provided with supporting legs. Legs
fabricated from pipe shall be notched or perforated at the bottom to
provide drainage. Length of legs shall be adjustable from the top side of
the roof. The operating and cleaning position levels of the supporting legs
shall be as specified by the purchaser. The manufacturer shall make
certain that all tank appurtenances, such as mixers, interior piping, and
fill nozzle, are cleared by the roof in its lowest position.
D-7.2 Legs and attachments shall be designed to support the roof and a
uniform live load of at least 1 250 N/cm
2
(125 kgf/cm
2
) for single-deck and
double-deck floating roofs. Where possible, roof load shall be transmitted
to the legs through bulk heads or diaphragms. In the case of pan type
floating roofs, the supports and attachments shall be designed to support
a uniform live load of 625 N/m
2
(62.5 kgf/m
2
) on the deck and shall be
such as to prevent damage to the fixed roof when the tank is full. Support
attachments in the deck areas in the case of single deck and covered
floating roofs, shall be given particular attention to prevent failure at the
points of attachment. Steel pads or other means shall be used to
distribute the loads on the bottom of the tank. Pads, if used, shall be
continuously seal welded to the tank bottom.
D-8. ROOF MANHOLE
D-8.1 Single-deck and double-deck floating roofs shall have at least one
manhole provided for access to the tank interior and for ventilation when
the tank is empty. The number of roof manholes shall be as specified by
the purchaser. These manholes shall be of at least 600 mm internal
diameter and shall have tight-gasketed and bolted covers equivalent to
the roof manholes shown in Fig. 14.
IS : 803 - 1976
92
D-8.2 In the case of a covered floating roof, the manhole shall be of at
least 600 mm ID or equivalent and may be of the loose-cover type. At least
one manhole of the same size shall be provided on the fixed roof for access
to the tank interior.
D-9. CENTRING AND ANTI-ROTATION DEVICE
D-9.1 In the case of single-deck and double-deck floating roofs, suitable
devices shall be provided to maintain the roof in centred position and to
prevent its rotation. These devices shall be capable of resisting the lateral
forces imposed on them by the roof ladder, wind loads and the like.
D-9.2 Prevention of rotation of pan roofs shall be achieved by means of a
seal or other suitable device.
D-10. SEALS
D-10.1 The space between the outer periphery of the roof and the tank
shell shall be sealed by a flexible device which shall provide a reasonably
close fit to the shell surfaces. If the sealing device employs steel shoes in
contact with the shell, such shoes shall be made from galvanized sheet
with a nominal thickness of 1.6 mm. If uncoated shoes are specified, they
shall be made of sheet metal of a thickness and quality as specified by the
purchaser. An adequate number but a minimum number of three
expansion joints shall be provided.
D-10.2 If this sealing device is a coated fabric or other non-metallic
material it shall be durable in its environment and shall not discolour or
contaminate the product stored. A minimum of four static electricity
drains shall be provided when a non-metallic seal is used. The maximum
spacing of the static electricity drains shall be 10 m. Any other approved
means of draining static electricity may be provided.
D-10.3 In the case of covered floating roofs, seals shall be provided to
ensure a reasonably close fit to columns or other appurtenances that
penetrate the deck, through all horizontal and vertical movements of the
deck. These seals shall also be durable in their environment and shall not
discolour or contaminate the product stored.
D-11. GAUGE HATCH
D-11.1 The floating roof shall be provided with a standard gauge hatch
and/or gauge well with a tight cap.
D-12. FABRICATION, ERECTION, WELDING, INSPECTION AND
TESTING
D-12.1 Applicable fabrication, erection, welding, inspection and testing
requirements of this specification shall apply.
IS : 803 - 1976
93
D-12.2 Deck seams and other joints, which are required to be liquid or
vapour tight, shall be tested for leaks by penetrating oil or by any other
method consistent with the methods described in this specification for
testing cone-roof seams and tank bottom seams.
D-12.3 The roof shall be given a floatation test while the tank is being
filled with water and emptied. During this test, the upper side of the
lower deck shall be examined for leaks. The appearance of a damp shot on
the upper side of the lower deck shall be considered evidence of leakage.
D-12.4 The upper side of the upper decks of pontoon and double-deck roof
shall be visually inspected for pinholes or defective welding.
D-12.5 Drain pipe and hose systems of primary drains shall be pressure
tested with water at 35.0 N/cm
2
(3.5 kgf/cm
2
). During the floatation test,
the roof drain valves shall be kept open and observed for leakage of tank
contents into the drain lines.
Bureau of Indian Standards
BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to
promote harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality
certification of goods and attending to connected matters in the country.
Copyright
BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any
form without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the
course of implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade
designations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are
also reviewed periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review
indicates that no changes are needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up
for revision. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest
amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Catalogue’ and ‘Standards : Monthly
Additions’.
This Indian Standard has been developed by Technical Committee : SMBDC 7.
Amendments Issued Since Publication
Amend No. Date of Issue
Amd. No. 1 November 1984
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002.
Telephones: 323 01 31, 323 33 75, 323 94 02
Telegrams: Manaksanstha
(Common to all offices)
Regional Offices: Telephone
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg
NEW DELHI 110002
323 76 17
323 38 41
Eastern : 1/14 C. I. T. Scheme VII M, V. I. P. Road, Kankurgachi
KOLKATA 700054
337 84 99, 337 85 61
337 86 26, 337 91 20
Northern : SCO 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022 60 38 43
60 20 25
Southern : C. I. T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 235 02 16, 235 04 42
235 15 19, 235 23 15
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East)
MUMBAI 400093
832 92 95, 832 78 58
832 78 91, 832 78 92
Branches : AHMEDABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE.
FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW.
NAGPUR. NALAGARH. PATNA. PUNE. RAJKOT. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.
VISHAKHAPATNAM

¹
'
¹
¹
'
¹
¹
'
¹
¹
'
¹
¹
'
¹

IS : 803 - 1976

Indian Standard
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF VERTICAL MILD STEEL CYLINDRICAL WELDED OIL STORAGE TANKS

( First Revision )
Structural Engineering Sectional Committee, SMBDC 7
Chairman DIRECTOR STANDARDS (CIVIL) Representing Ministry of Railways

Members Industrial Fasteners Association of India, Calcutta SHRI L. N. AGRAWAL SHRI M. M. MURARKA ( Alternate ) Metallurgical and Engineering Consultants (India) SHRI A. K. BANERJEE Ltd, Ranchi SHRI S. SANKARAN ( Alternate ) Ministry of Shipping & Transport [Department of SHRI P. C. BHASIN Transport (Roads Wing)] SHRI A. S. BISHNOI ( Alternate ) SHRI V. S. BHIDE Central Water Commission, New Delhi DEPUTY DIRECTOR (GATES & DESIGN) ( Alternate ) Government of West Bengal DR P. N. CHATTERJEE Central Mechanical Engineering Research DR P. K. DAS Institute (CSIR), Durgapur Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur DR P. DAYARATNAM DEPUTY CITY ENGINEER (PLANNING Bombay Municipal Corporation & DESIGN) SHRI G. F. KHAMBATTI ( Alternate ) M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta SHRI D. S. DESAI Irrigation & Power Department, Government of DIRECTOR (MERI) Maharashtra RESEARCH OFFICER ( Alternate ) Central Electricity Authority, New Delhi DIRECTOR (TCD) SHRI P. V. N. IYENGER ( Alternate ) Central Public Works Department, New Delhi EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (CENTRAL STORES DN NO. II) ( Continued on page 2 ) © BIS 2003 BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS This publication is protected under the Indian Copyright Act (XIV of 1957) and reproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written permission of the publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement of copyright under the said Act.

IS : 803 - 1976
( Continued from page 1 ) Members Representing SHRI M. M. GHOSH Stewarts & Lloyds of India Pvt Ltd, Calcutta SHRI S. C. GHOSH ( Alternate ) SHRI A. G. GONSALVES Bridge & Roof Co (India) Ltd, Howrah SHRI S. S. BOSE ( Alternate ) SHRI G. S. IYER The Hindustan Construction Co Ltd, Bombay SHRI S. M. GULATEE ( Alternate ) DR O. P. JAIN Institution of Engineers (India), Calcutta JOINT DIRECTOR STANDARDS (B & S)Ministry of Railways DEPUTY DIRECTOR (B & S) ( Alternate ) Electrical Manufacturing Co Ltd, Calcutta SHRI OM KHOSLA SHRI S. N. SINGH ( Alternate ) Engineer-in-Chief’s Branch, Army Headquarters PROF K. D. MAHAJAN PROF B. V. RAMASWAMY ( Alternate ) Jessop & Co Ltd, Calcutta SHRI P. K. MALLICK DR S. K. MALLICK Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur Mantons (Bangalore) Pvt Ltd, Bangalore SHRI N. V. MANAY SHRI G. C. MATHUR National Buildings Organisation, New Delhi SHRI K. S. SRINIVASAN ( Alternate ) SHRI A. K. MITRA Hindustan Steel Ltd, Durgapur Braithwaite & Co (India) Ltd, Calcutta SHRI P. K. MUKHERJEE SHRI P. T. PATEL ( Alternate ) Structural Engineering Research Centre (CSIR), SHRI R. NARAYANAN Roorkee Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi SHRI T. N. SUBBA RAO DR D. JHONSON VICTOR ( Alternate ) Burn & Co Ltd, Howrah REPRESENTATIVE SHRI A. P. KAYAL ( Alternate ) Public Works Department, Government of West REPRESENTATIVE Bengal, Calcutta Richardson & Cruddas Ltd, Bombay REPRESENTATIVE SHRI P. V. NAIK ( Alternate ) PROF P. K. SOM Jadavpur University, Calcutta Government of Tamil Nadu SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER (PLANNING & DESIGN CIRCLE) EXECUTIVE ENGINEER (BUILDING CENTRE DIVISION) ( Alternate ) Bombay Port Trust, Bombay SHRI M. D. TAMBEKAR SHRI K. VEERARAGHVACHARY Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd, Tiruchirapalli Inspection Wing, Directorate General of Supplies & SHRI S. N. VOHRA Disposals (Ministry of Industry & Civil Supplies) SHRI S. N. BASU ( Alternate ) SHRI L. D. WADHWA Engineers India Ltd, New Delhi SHRI B. B. NAG ( Alternate ) SHRI C. R. RAMA RAO, Director General, ISI ( Ex-officio Member ) Director (Struc & Met) Secretary SHRI S. S. SETHI Assistant Director (Struc & Met), ISI ( Continued on page 3 )

2

RAO SHRI V. RAMANATHAN SHRI V. Allahabad SHRI T. HAZRA Engineers India Ltd.IS : 803 . RAMA RAO SHRI S. Bombay SHRI M.1976 ( Continued from page 2 ) Panel for Mild Steel Tanks for Storage of Oils and Design and Construction of Floating Roofs of Open Tanks for Oil Storage. O. BALAKRISHNA ( Alternate ) SHRI R. New Delhi Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd. SILAICHIA SHRI K. PRASADA RAO ( Alternate ) Indian Oil Corporation. K. KESWANI Caltex (India) Ltd. H. MANGAT ( Alternate ) SHRI V. Bombay Triveni Structurals Ltd. Bombay SHRI V. RAGHAVAN Vijay Tanks & Vessels Pvt Ltd. R. K. S. S. C. SUBBANA ( Alternate ) 3 . JAMBUNATHAN Indian Refineries Ltd. K. MURTHY ( Alternate ) Bharat Heavy Plate & Vessels Ltd. V. K. SANGAR ( Alternate ) Bharat Refineries Ltd. P. Visakhapatnam SHRI A. Bombay SHRI P. S. SMBDC 7/P-1 Members Representing SHRI S. New Delhi SHRI A. Bombay SHRI C. KHAKHAR SHRI M.

3 Design of Shell Plates 22 6.2 Design of Bottom Plates 17 6. RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF SHELL JOINTS 65 12. FOREWORD 6 1.3 Fixed Roof Testing 70 12. MATERIALS 10 5. APPURTENANCES AND MOUNTINGS 39 8.4 Designs of Roof 36 6. PERMISSIBLE STRESSES 16 16 6.4 Repair of Leaks 70 APPENDIX A INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY PURCHASER 76 APPENDIX B ALTERNATE DESIGN FOR TANK SHELLS 77 APPENDIX C VENT SIZING FOR ATMOSPHERIC AND LOW PRESSURE TANKS 82 APPENDIX D FLOATING ROOFS 88 TABLES 1-3 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS 11a-12a TABLES 4-6 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS 12b-13b FOR TYPICAL TANKS TABLE 7 SECTION MODULUS OF WIND GIRDERS 32-35 TABLE 8 SHELL MANHOLE COVER PLATE AND BOLTING FLANGE THICKNESS 45 TABLE 9 SHELL MANHOLE DIMENSIONAL DATA 46 TABLE 10 SHELL NOZZLES DIMENSIONAL DATA 50-51 TABLE 11 ROOF MANHOLES 51 TABLE 12 ROOF NOZZLES 52 4 .1 Foundation 17 6.IS : 803 .1976 CONTENTS PAGE 0. TESTING OF TANKS 69 12. GENERAL 10 4. SITE ERECTION 60 10. SHOP FABRICATION AND INSPECTION 49 9.1 Bottom Testing 69 12.5 Floating Roof 39 7. DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS 7 3.2 Shell Testing 70 12. SCOPE 7 2. DESIGN 6. SITE WELDING 63 11.

1976 PAGE TABLE 13 TABLE 14 TABLE 15 DETAIL OF DRAIN PAD FOR ELEVATED TANKS FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS THICKNESS OF COVER PLATE. BOLTING FLANGE AND REINFORCING PLATE FOR FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS TABLE 16 THICKNESS AND HEIGHT OF SHELL REINFORCING PLATE FOR CLEANOUT FITTINGS TABLE 17 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE POROSITY INDICATIONS IN RADIOGRAPHS PER 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD TABLE 18 THERMAL VENTING CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS TABLE 19 TOTAL RATE OF EMERGENCY VENTING REQUIRED FOR FIRE EXPOSURE VERSUS WETTED SURFACE AREA FIGURE 1 TYPICAL FIXED ROOF TANK SHOWING STANDARD APPURTENANCES FIGURE 2 TYPICAL OPEN TOP TANK WITH FLOATING ROOF — SECTIONAL VIEW FIGURE 3 TYPICAL FOUNDATIONS FIGURE 4 TYPICAL LAYOUT OF TANK BOTTOM FIGURE 5 BOTTOM PLATE ARRANGEMENT UNDER TANK SHELL FIGURE 6 TYPICAL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL JOINTS FIGURE 7 TYPICAL ROOF JOINTS FIGURE 8 SOME PERMISSIBLE DETAILS OF COMPRESSION RINGS FIGURE 9 RECOMMENDED LAYOUT OF COLUMNS FOR NORMAL SIZE TANKS FIGURE 10 TYPICAL COLUMN AND GIRDER ATTACHMENT DETAILS FIGURE 11 TYPICAL SHELL MANHOLES FIGURE 12 TYPICAL SHELL NOZZLES FIGURE 13 SHELL NOZZLE FLANGES FIGURE 14 TYPICAL ROOF MANHOLE FIGURE 15 TYPICAL ROOF NOZZLES FIGURE 16 TYPICAL WATER DRAW-OFF SUMP FIGURE 17 TYPICAL DRAIN PAD FOR ELEVATED TANKS FIGURE 18 TYPICAL FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS FIGURE 19 TYPICAL GAUGE-WELL INSTALLATION ON EXISTING NOZZLE OF CONE ROOF TANKS FIGURES 20-23 RADIOGRAPHIC POROSITY STANDARDS FIGURE 24 DETAIL OF TYPICAL VACUUM BOX FIGURE 25 INSERT TYPE REINFORCEMENT FOR MANHOLES AND NOZZLES 54 55 56 56 69 86 87 8 9 18 19 20 25 26 28 40 41 44 47 49 52 53 54 55 57 58 71-74 75 80 5 .IS : 803 .

§Specification for structural steel (high tensile) ( second revision ). an appendix dealing with the alternate design for tank shell has been included. 0. testing and inspection of oil storage tanks. erection.IS : 803 . after the draft finalized by the Structural Engineering Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council and Civil Engineering Division Council. 6 . F O R E W O R D 0.1 This Indian Standard (First Revision) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 27 September 1976.2 This code has been prepared with a view to providing the petroleum industry with tanks of adequate safety and reasonable economy which can be built in any size required to meet the needs of the industry subject to limitations given in the code and also to establishing uniform practice for design. of the size of tank that may be required to meet his particular need.1976 Indian Standard CODE OF PRACTICE FOR DESIGN.3 This code does not present nor it is contemplated to establish. c) Provisions regarding radiographic inspection of shell joints have been made. || Specification for structural steel (fusion welding quality) ( first revision ). *Specification for structural steel (standard quality) ( fifth revision ). a fixed series of allowable tank sizes. fabrication. ‡Specification for steel plates for pressure vessels.4 This standard was first published in 1962. FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF VERTICAL MILD STEEL CYLINDRICAL WELDED OIL STORAGE TANKS ( First Revision ) 0. The following modifications have been made in this revision: a) The use of steel conforming to IS : 226-1975*. †Specification for steel plates for boilers. IS : 2041-1962‡ and IS : 961-1975§ has been permitted in addition to steel conforming to IS : 2062-1969||. IS : 2002-1962†. 0. 0. but it is intended to promote the selection by the purchaser. b) Provisions regarding design of various members of the tank have been elaborated. d) An appendix dealing with the normal and emergency venting requirements of the tanks has been added.

5 This edition 2. double deck type floating roof tanks has also been included in this code. design. 7 .IS : 803 . and b) Open top tanks ( see Fig. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this code. 2 ). corrosion allowance and foundation shall be made while designing the tanks for the intended service. design. Provisions of this code may also be applied to design and construct tanks for storage of water. special considerations regarding lining.1 This code specifies the use of only butt welded shells and includes reference to appurtenances and mountings. fabrication. the final value.1. the definitions for welding terms employed in this standard shall be according to IS : 812-1957§.1 This code covers materials. erection and testing requirements for mild steel cylindrical welded oil storage tanks in various sizes and capacities.6 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this code is complied with. 1 (November 1984).3 This code is intended to guide both purchasers and manufacturers of petroleum products storage tanks. || Scheme of symbols for welding ( amended ). ‡Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel ( first revision ). 1 ) having no internal pressure or nominal internal pressure where the resultant upward force does not exceed the nominal weight of metal in tank shell.2 Symbols for welding used on plans and drawings shall be according to IS : 813-1961||. expressing the result of a test.2 This code is complementary to IS : 800-1962† and IS : 816-1969‡. 0. 1. fabrication and erection as included in IS : 800-1962† shall apply unless specified otherwise in this code. 2. 2.1 For the purpose of this code. Provisions regarding permissible stresses. shall be rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*. †Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building construction ( revised ).1976 e) An appendix furnishing the design and construction requirements of pontoon type. 1. SCOPE 1. observed or calculated. 1. 0. for erection above ground. 1. §Glossary of terms relating to welding and cutting of metals.1 incorporates Amendment No. acids and chemicals. In such cases. *Rules for rounding off numerical values ( revised ). DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS 2. Side bar indicates modification of the text as the result of incorporation of the amendment. roof and any framing supported by the shell or roof. of the following designs: a) Fixed roof tanks ( see Fig.

1976 8 FIG.IS : 803 . 1 TYPICAL FIXED ROOF TANK SHOWING STANDARD APPURTENANCES .

1976 FIG. 2 TYPICAL OPEN TOP TANK WITH FLOATING ROOF — SECTIONAL VIEW .9 IS : 803 .

nominal capacities and shell plate thicknesses for tanks which may be built in accordance with this code. 10 . MATERIALS 4. GENERAL 3.1 Plates — Plates used in tank construction shall conform to any one of the following specifications: IS : 226-1975 Structural steel (standard quality) ( fifth revision ) (For up to 20 mm thickness.IS : 803 .3 for practical reasons and which will not underrun the theoretical required thickness by more than the minus tolerance specified in 1852-1973‡ and roof and bottom plates may be specified on weight basis. †Code of procedure for manual metal arc welding of mild steel.2 Tables 1 to 6 ( see P 11 to 13 ) present for ready reference. certain detailed information is to be supplied to the manufacturer. typical data in regard to nominal sizes. 4.3.1. for which minimum thicknesses are fixed in 6. 3. Thicker plates may be used provided the manufacturer establishes appropriate welding procedures recommended in IS : 823-1964† to the satisfaction of the purchaser) IS : 961-1975 Structural steel (high tensile) ( second revision ) IS : 2002-1962 Steel plates for boilers (Grade 2B) IS : 2041-1962 Steel plates for pressure vessels IS : 2062-1969 Structural steel (fusion welding quality) ( first revision ) 4. thicker or heavier material may be required depending on the nature of stored product. §Specification for structural steel (ordinary quality) ( second revision ). The plate thicknesses as stipulated in this standard are minimum.3 of that specification.0 General — Unless mutually agreed otherwise. 3.3 Enquiries or Order Form — With a view to facilitating the manufacture and supply of welded oil storage tanks.1 Plates for use in the manufacture of tanks shall be on thickness basis which are determined by design computations.2 Steel conforming to IS : 1977-1975§ may also be used in tank construction subject to limitations under 0. 4. and the environment where the tank is located.1.1 Tanks may be manufactured from suitable sizes of plates which have been covered in IS : 1730 (Part I)-1975*. the material for the construction of oil storage tanks shall conform to Indian Standards where applicable. *Dimensions for steel plate. The information so required is listed in Appendix A.1976 3. ‡Specification for rolling and cutting tolerances for hot-rolled steel products ( second revision ). Shell plates. sheet and strip for structural and general engineering purposes: Part I Plate ( first revision ). 4.

5 9.5 9.0 kl 471 942 1 413 1 884 2 355 2 826 3 297 3 768 4 239 4 710 5 181 5 652 569 1 139 1 709 2 279 2 849 3 419 3 989 4 559 5 129 5 699 6 269 6 838 678 1 356 2 034 2 712 3 391 4 069 4 747 5 425 6 104 6 782 7 460 8 138 795 1 591 2 387 3 183 3 979 4 775 5 571 6 367 7 163 7 959 8 755 9 551 923 1 846 2 769 3 692 4 615 5 538 6 462 7 385 8 308 9 231 10 154 11 077 1 059 2 119 3 179 4 239 5 298 6 358 7 418 8 478 9 537 10 597 11 657 12 717 1 205 2 411 3 617 4 823 6 028 7 234 8 440 9 646 10 851 12 057 13 263 14 469 20.TABLE 1 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.0 4.0 m 3.5 9.0 1 361 2 722 4 083 5 444 6 805 8 167 9 528 10 889 12 250 13 611 14 973 16 334 1 526 3 052 4 578 6 104 7 630 9 156 10 682 12 208 13 734 15 260 16 786 18 312 1 700 3 400 5 100 6 801 8 501 10 201 11 902 13 602 15 302 17 003 18 703 20 403 1 884 3 768 5 652 7 536 9 420 11 304 13 188 15 072 16 956 18 840 20 724 22 608 2 077 4 154 6 231 8 308 10 385 12 462 14 539 16 616 18 693 20 771 22 848 24 925 2 279 4 559 6 838 9 118 11 398 13 677 15 957 18 237 20 516 22 796 25 076 27 355 2 491 4 983 7 474 9 966 12 457 14 949 17 441 19 932 22 424 24 915 27 407 29 899 34 36 38 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1. 10 21 31 42 52 63 74 84 95 105 116 127 23 47 71 95 119 143 166 190 214 238 262 286 29 58 88 117 147 176 206 235 264 294 323 353 42 84 127 169 211 254 296 339 381 423 466 508 66 132 198 264 331 397 463 529 596 662 728 7 948 95 190 286 381 476 572 667 763 858 953 1 049 1 144 117 235 353 471 588 706 824 942 1 059 1 177 1 295 1 413 169 339 508 678 847 1 017 1 186 1 356 1 526 1 695 1 865 2 034 230 461 692 923 1 153 1 384 1 615 1 846 2 077 2 307 2 538 2 769 301 602 904 1 205 1 507 1 808 2 110 2 411 2 712 3 014 3 315 3 617 381 763 1 144 1 526 1 907 2 289 2 670 3 052 3 433 3 815 4 196 4 578 ( Continued ) 11a TABLE 1 TANK DIAMETER.5 6.0 16.0 10.0 7.2 ) 7.5 18.0 4.0 13.0 22 24 26 28 30 32 TANK DIAMETER.0 16.0 13.0 10. 1.5 18.0 10.0 6.5 m ( Clause 3.5 15.0 NOMINAL 16.0 CAPACITY.0 4.0 7.0 12.5 3.5 m — Contd 40 42 44 46 48 50 54 58 62 66 70 74 NOMINAL CAPACITY.5 12.0 18.1976 .5 3.0 14. m TANK HEIGHT. kl 2 712 5 425 8 138 10 851 13 564 16 277 18 990 21 703 24 416 27 129 29 842 32 555 2 943 5 887 8 831 11 775 14 718 17 662 20 606 23 550 26 493 29 437 32 381 35 325 3 433 6 867 10 300 13 734 17 167 20 601 24 035 27 468 30 902 34 335 37 769 41 203 3 961 7 922 11 883 15 844 19 805 23 766 27 727 31 688 35 649 39 611 43 572 47 533 4 526 9 052 13 578 18 105 22 631 27 157 31 684 36 210 40 736 45 263 49 789 54 315 5 129 10 258 15 387 20 516 25 645 30 775 35 904 41 033 46 162 51 291 56 421 61 550 5 769 11 539 17 309 23 079 28 848 34 618 40 388 46 158 51 927 57 697 63 467 69 237 6 447 12 895 19 343 25 791 32 239 38 687 45 135 51 583 58 031 64 479 70 927 77 375 78 82 7 163 14 327 21 491 28 655 35 819 42 983 50 147 57 311 64 475 71 639 78 803 85 966 7 917 15 835 23 752 31 670 39 587 47 505 55 422 63 340 71 257 79 175 87 092 95 010 IS : 803 . m TANK HEIGHT.5 15. m 1.5 5.5 12.5 6.

6 14.0 46.8 m — Contd 40.6 1 633 3 266 4 900 6 533 8 167 9 800 11 433 13 067 14 700 16 334 17 967 19 601 1 831 3 662 5 493 7 324 9 156 10 987 12 818 14 649 16 481 18 312 20 143 21 974 2 040 4 080 6 121 8 161 10 201 12 242 14 282 16 322 18 363 20 403 22 444 24 484 2 260 4 521 6 782 9 043 11 304 13 564 15 825 18 086 20 347 22 608 24 868 27 129 2 492 4 985 7 477 9 970 12 462 14 955 17 447 19 940 22 432 24 925 27 417 29 910 2 735 5 471 8 206 10 942 13 677 16 413 19 148 21 884 24 620 27 355 30 091 32 826 2 989 5 979 8 969 11 959 14 949 17 939 20 929 23 919 26 909 29 899 32 888 35 897 34.2 18. m TANK HEIGHT.0 42.4 7.0 32.0 16.0 19.0 20.0 NOMINAL CAPACITY.0 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.0 30. kl 3 255 6 511 9 766 13 022 16 277 19 533 22 788 26 044 29 299 32 555 35 811 39 066 3 532 7 065 10 597 14 130 17 662 21 195 24 727 28 260 31 792 35 325 38 857 42 390 4 120 8 240 12 360 16 481 20 601 24 721 28 842 32 962 37 082 41 203 45 323 49 443 4 753 9 506 14 259 19 013 23 766 28 519 33 273 38 026 42 779 47 533 52 286 57 039 5 431 10 863 16 294 21 726 27 157 32 589 38 021 43 452 48 884 54 315 59 747 65 178 6 155 12 310 18 465 24 620 30 775 36 930 43 085 49 240 55 395 61 550 67 705 73 860 6 923 13 847 20 771 27 694 34 618 41 542 48 465 55 389 62 313 69 273 76 160 83 084 9 501 8 596 7 737 15 475 17 193 19 002 23 212 25 790 28 503 30 950 34 386 38 004 38 687 42 983 47 505 46 425 51 580 57 006 54 163 60 176 66 507 61 900 68 773 76 008 69 638 77 370 85 509 77 375 85 966 95 010 85 113 94 563 104 511 92 851 103 160 114 012 .6 14.8 21.8 12.0 TANK DIAMETER.2 18.2 ) 7.8 21.0 10.IS : 803 .0 28. m 1.0 36.8 3.0 66.1976 TABLE 2 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.2 9.0 6.0 48.0 38.0 22.4 7.0 19.0 62.6 3.4 16.5 5.0 44.0 10.0 82.0 12.0 18.0 78. m TANK HEIGHT.0 NOMINAL CAPACITY.0 26.2 9.0 74.5 9.0 24.0 4.0 58.8 12.4 16.0 70.0 14. m 1.6 5.8 3. kl 12 25 38 50 63 76 89 101 114 127 139 152 28 57 85 114 143 171 200 228 257 286 314 345 35 70 105 141 176 211 247 282 317 353 388 423 50 101 152 203 254 305 356 406 457 508 559 610 79 158 238 317 397 476 556 635 715 794 874 953 114 228 343 457 572 686 801 915 1 030 1 444 1 258 1 373 141 282 423 565 706 847 989 1 130 1 271 1 413 1 554 1 695 203 406 610 813 1 017 1 220 1 424 1 627 1 831 2 034 2 238 2 441 276 553 830 1 107 1 384 1 661 1 938 2 215 2 492 2 769 3 046 3 323 361 723 1 085 1 446 1 808 2 170 2 532 2 893 3 255 3 617 3 979 4 340 457 915 1 375 1 831 2 289 2 746 3 204 3 662 4 120 4 578 5 035 5 493 565 1 130 1 695 2 260 2 826 3 391 3 956 4 521 5 086 5 652 6 217 6 782 683 1 367 2 051 2 735 3 419 4 103 4 787 5 471 6 155 6 838 7 522 8 206 813 1 627 2 441 3 255 4 069 4 883 5 697 6 511 7 324 8 138 8 952 9 766 955 1 900 2 865 3 820 4 775 5 731 6 686 7 641 8 596 9 551 10 507 11 462 1 107 2 215 3 323 4 431 5 538 6 646 7 754 8 862 9 970 11 077 12 185 13 293 1 271 2 543 3 815 5 086 6 358 7 630 8 901 10 173 11 445 12 717 13 988 15 260 1 446 2 893 4 340 5 787 7 234 8 681 10 128 11 575 13 022 14 469 15 916 17 362 ( Continued ) 11b TABLE 2 TANK DIAMETER.6 5.0 10.8 m ( Clause 3.0 50.0 54.

0 6. kl 3 619 7 238 10 857 14 476 18 095 21 714 25 333 28 952 32 572 36 191 39 810 3 927 7 854 11 781 15 707 19 634 23 561 27 488 31 415 35 342 39 269 43 196 4 580 9 160 13 741 18 321 22 902 27 482 32 063 36 643 41 224 45 804 50 384 5 284 10 568 15 852 21 136 26 420 31 704 36 989 42 273 47 575 52 841 58 125 6 038 12 076 18 114 24 152 30 190 36 228 42 267 48 305 54 343 60 381 66 419 6 842 13 684 20 572 27 369 34 211 41 054 47 896 54 739 61 581 68 423 75 266 7 696 15 393 23 090 30 787 38 484 46 181 53 878 61 575 69 272 76 969 84 665 9 556 10 562 8 601 17 203 19 113 21 124 25 805 28 670 31 686 34 406 38 226 42 248 43 008 47 783 52 810 51 610 57 340 63 372 60 211 66 897 73 934 68 813 76 453 84 496 77 415 86 010 95 058 86 016 95 520 105 620 94 618 105 124 116 182 IS : 803 .0 44. m TANK HEIGHT.0 TANK DIAMETER.0 24.0 82.0 50.0 30.0 4. m TANK HEIGHT. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 m 3.0 CAPACITY.0 m ( Clause 3.0 38.0 26.0 46.0 42.1976 .0 62.0 32.0 66.0 NOMINAL CAPACITY.0 54.0 78.0 12.0 18.0 70.0 28.0 58.0 10.0 kl 628 1 256 1 884 2 513 3 141 3 769 4 398 5 026 5 654 6 283 6 911 760 1 520 2 280 3 041 3 801 4 561 5 321 6 082 6 842 7 602 8 362 904 1 059 2 714 3 619 4 523 5 428 6 333 7 238 8 143 9 047 9 952 1 089 2 123 3 185 4 247 5 309 6 371 7 433 8 494 9 556 10 618 11 680 1 231 2 463 3 694 4 956 6 157 7 389 8 620 9 852 11 083 12 315 13 546 1 413 2 827 4 241 5 654 7 068 8 482 9 896 11 309 12 723 14 137 15 550 1 608 3 217 4 825 6 434 8 042 9 650 11 259 12 867 14 476 16 084 17 693 20.TABLE 3 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 2.2 ) 7.0 14.0 NOMINAL CAPACITIES OF TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 2.5 9.0 74.5 5. m 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 1 815 3 631 5 447 7 263 9 079 10 895 12 710 14 526 16 342 18 158 19 974 2 035 4 071 6 107 8 143 10 178 12 214 14 250 16 286 18 321 20 357 22 393 2 268 4 536 6 804 9 072 11 341 13 609 15 877 18 145 20 414 22 682 24 950 2 513 5 026 7 539 11 053 12 566 15 079 17 592 20 106 22 619 25 132 27 646 2 770 5 541 8 312 11 083 13 854 16 625 19 396 22 167 24 937 27 708 30 479 3 041 6 082 9 123 12 164 15 205 18 246 21 287 24 328 27 369 30 410 33 451 3 323 6 647 9 971 13 295 16 619 19 842 23 266 26 590 29 914 33 239 36 561 34.0 NOMINAL 16.0 22. 14 28 42 56 70 84 98 113 127 141 155 31 63 95 127 159 190 222 254 286 318 349 39 78 117 157 196 235 274 314 353 392 431 56 113 169 226 282 339 395 452 508 565 622 88 176 265 353 441 530 618 706 795 883 971 127 254 381 508 636 763 890 1 017 1 145 1 272 1 399 157 314 471 628 785 942 1 099 1 256 1 413 1 570 1 727 226 452 678 904 1 130 1 357 1 583 1 809 2 035 2 261 2 488 307 615 923 1 231 1 539 1 847 2 155 2 463 2 770 3 078 3 386 402 804 1 206 1 608 2 010 2 412 2 814 3 216 3 619 4 021 4 423 508 1 017 1 526 2 035 2 544 3 053 3 562 4 071 4 580 5 089 5 598 ( Continued ) 12a TABLE 3 TANK DIAMETER.0 48.0 36.0 m — Contd 40.

4 36.4 28.8 29. m 1.6 27.1 12.0 6.9 20.5 12.0 5.8 6.0 5.8 30.9 35.0 9.5 3.0 6.0 5.6 6.1 12.2 17.4 30.4 14.2 5.0 6.0 5.6 17.6 37.6 16.0 11.3 10.0 5.7 12.0 10.1 25.5 18.0 5.0 6.1 13.5 6.8 26.0 18.0 5.0 6.0 7.6 19.0 7.7 27.1 6.7 6.0 6.0 5.6 33.0 30.2 7.1 5.IS : 803 .0 10.2 11.4 22.4 12.4 18.5 8. excluding corrosion allowance) ( Clause 3.6 15.0 5.4 6.0 10.2 19.0 TANK DIAMETER.0 5.0 6.6 6.2 10.0 32.0 70.4 10.5 20. mm 6.0 5.9 17.0 6.4 20.0 6.0 6.2 8.0 5.7 25.0 40.0 6.0 6.1 11.1 — — 78.9 10.0 5.0 5.0 5.4 6.2 14.3 23.0 5.0 6.3 10.0 7.0 6.5 13.1 10.0 24.0 6.0 PLATE THICKNESS.0 5.0 58.7 23.0 16.9 32.0 6.0 16.1 13.1 23.0 7.2 9.0 5.0 5.0 4.4 17.0 5.6 17.0 5.5 3.5 7.0 5.0 5.0 5.2 ) 5.0 5.4 19.7 31.0 5.6 14.4 — 6.0 6. E = 0.0 8.4 15.0 5.0 6.0 5.0 17.8 22.2 24.6 17.85 and sp gr = 1.5 9.0 6.0 7.7 20.3 12. m TANK HEIGHT.8 21.2 11.4 8.0 5.0 8.9 9.0 5.0 5.6 14.8 11.0 6.6 21.0 38.6 21.9 32.6 18.4 8. m TANK HEIGHT.0 5.3 14.6 9.0 6.6 12.0 6.9 9.0 4.5 PLATE THICKNESS.0 5.7 16.7 28.6 9.4 18.5 34.0 6.0 6.1 9.0 22.2 9. E = 0.0 5.0 5.0 26.0 6.7 22.0 5.0 5.8 13.5 18.0 5.6 5.0 30.3 8.1 6.0 27.0 27.5 23.7 13.4 5.0 5.5 m (Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062.0 5.0 7.0 28.3 21.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 10.0 66.0 5.0 5.0 7.4 13.0 5.1 7.0 6.0 6.7 32.0 5.0 7.0 5. m 1.1976 TABLE 4 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.6 18.5 18.0 39.2 6.3 13.0 6.8 26.3 11.2 38.0 16.0 5.0 5.0 5.6 13.0 6.9 8.5 6.0 5.0 5.7 7.0 5.0 5.7 18.7 6.0 74.6 7.0 7.3 6.0 14.1 14.3 9.6 15.0 6.1 28.1 19.4 21.0 5.1 25.0 5.0 6.8 16.0 5.6 19.3 12.1 14.0 36.4 13.3 34.8 9.0 13.0 6.9 15.0 5.3 22.6 14.6 10.6 11.0 5.0 5.6 9.1 16.0 6.0 6.9 22.0 44.7 6.1 25.5 15.2 38.1 9.0 5.0 48.4 15.7 6.0 5.0 6.0 5.0 6.0 5.3 6.0 6.6 22.0 5.0 5.0 6.5 26.0 5.4 31.4 8.2 9.0 5.0 16.9 14.1 12.0 5.2 19.0 5.5 15.5 20.0 6.7 23.1 — — — 6.0 5.0 82.4 11.0 17.5 15.8 7.1 5.0 6.0 5.0 37.0 42.6 7.0 5.1 7.0 5.1 8.0 5.0 10.0 10.7 11.0 6.0 29.0 6.6 12.0 5.0 50.8 18.5 18.0 6.0 46.8 12.0 7.0 5.0 6.4 7.0 28.0 5.0 20.0 6.4 6.0 4.0 6.0 12.3 16.0 20.0 18.0 5.9 14.0 5.5 12.0 13.0 6.0 5.8 8.7 22.5 10.2 6.0 6.0 7.0 5.0 6.1 9.0 62.9 14.0 6.0 5.7 17.7 — 6.0 13.1 8.0 6.5 m — Contd (Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062.4 10.85 and sp gr = 1.0 5.5 12.0 5.5 9.0 5.6 23.0 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1. excluding corrosion allowance) 36.8 15.0 5.2 16. mm 5.0 5.0 5.0 7.2 29.0 5.7 12.6 20.0 5.9 — — — .4 15.0 6.0 6.0 12.0 6.0 6.0 7.2 9.0 5.8 11.0 6.9 35.2 11.9 15.8 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 6.6 23.0 6.6 25.0 12.7 26.8 27.0 54.0 5.3 33.7 24.0 6.5 34.9 6.0 6.5 6.5 6.0 6.0 6.6 6.5 11.3 25.6 10.8 ( Continued ) 12b TABLE 4 TANK DIAMETER.9 6.0 6.7 16.5 9.0 6.0 5.

9 9.8 15.1 6.6 14.6 5.6 17.4 6.0 5. excluding corrosion allowance) ( Clause 3.6 14.6 11.8 31.2 10.2 17.9 21.0 5.1 24.6 6.0 8.0 5.3 25.2 9.0 5.2 18.2 11.6 20.8 6.0 5.0 6.0 5.0 6.0 5.7 21.0 6.0 6.0 6.3 35.0 TANK DIAMETER.0 38.0 PLATE THICKNESS.8 21.4 14.4 6.8 23.0 5.6 6.3 6.0 5.2 25.0 5.6 32.9 22.1 11.1 12.0 6.1 15.3 8.0 5.0 5.3 11.0 5.9 6.0 6.6 5.1 23.0 6.5 17.8 3.7 13a TABLE 5 TANK DIAMETER.7 17.0 48.1 9.9 20.0 6.0 7.0 5.1 7.5 36.0 5.0 19.TABLE 5 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.0 6.0 5.1 9.0 6.8 8.0 5.0 5.0 28.0 5.3 7.0 8.0 5.0 28.0 5.8 12.0 6.0 46.0 5.0 5.0 5.7 18.0 7.2 11.9 12.4 8.2 5.2 9.8 m — Contd (Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062.4 18.6 16.4 6.9 8.0 5.0 18.6 25.0 6.0 16.0 6.2 18.9 21.0 5.4 14.6 14.4 — — 6.0 5.8 19.0 6.5 22.8 16.2 23.8 3.0 12.2 8.0 6.0 6.6 19.0 5. m 1.0 5.0 7.4 7.0 5.0 5.0 17.0 5.0 5.0 6.7 23.0 5.0 5.6 6. E = 0.0 7. mm 5.7 22.0 70.5 14.3 — — — — — IS : 803 . mm 6.0 6.0 7.7 30.7 24.0 9.0 6.0 5.6 15.7 27.0 13.3 24.4 17.9 6.1 5.0 6.3 24.6 7.0 6.6 9.2 11.4 8.9 39.8 9.9 7.8 15.5 27.0 6.8 14.6 34.5 — — — — ( Continued ) 78.0 19.7 33.4 32.0 5. E = 0.7 5.6 20.0 6.0 6.0 7.5 24.0 5.5 14.2 9.7 30.9 11.9 — 6.0 6.0 54.4 16.4 6.3 25.4 6.9 23.0 5.1 34.9 7.0 5.7 23.0 10.9 10.7 29.1 15.8 6.0 32.5 38.7 — — — 6.6 13.9 21.4 26.0 34.0 6.1 12.0 6.8 6.0 6.5 16.0 5.9 5.4 7.0 6.9 10.8 28.0 20.0 4.6 38.0 6.4 6.8 21.7 7.7 11.2 12.7 9.1976 .0 8.0 — — — 6.1 12.0 5.0 8.1 37.0 5.5 31.0 42.9 6.0 5.0 6.8 23.9 19.1 12.0 5.0 5.0 6.4 8.0 6.0 16.2 14.6 36.6 3.7 26.0 28.0 6.3 12.8 35.0 5.0 6.0 5.5 10.0 5.7 30.0 5.0 6.8 27.6 39.0 50.5 27.1 17.0 5.2 19.0 6.0 5.8 20.9 11.0 24.6 17.0 9.6 11.2 15.8 21.5 16.8 22.0 5.8 8.0 5.3 6.8 13.0 10.1 14.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 6.2 13.0 5.2 6.8 6.2 18.7 11.1 33.8 26.7 9.7 31.5 10.0 6.7 25.0 5.0 7.0 5.1 13.0 5.6 13.9 36.1 8.0 82.7 10.0 40.4 16.4 19.0 30.0 16.0 5.8 25.7 12.5 PLATE THICKNESS.4 34.0 44.0 5.9 9.9 22.0 5.0 13.8 12.3 6.1 35.5 9.0 6.0 16.0 6.5 10.0 32.0 5.0 11.0 30.7 32.9 6.0 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 1.3 34.0 6.8 15.0 66.0 22.1 20.7 8.9 28.0 5. m 1.85 and sp gr = 1.0 5.0 6.9 6.8 m (Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062.0 10.4 13.1 20.0 62.0 6.8 8.3 29.3 28.0 5.4 16. m TANK HEIGHT.3 13.8 15.0 5.0 16.2 18.0 6.0 5.3 30.4 12.0 5.2 31.5 — — — — 6.0 5.6 28.0 26.8 18.8 17. excluding corrosion allowance) 36.6 13.0 22.0 58.9 16.0 8.9 12.2 ) 5.0 74.0 6.9 10.0 5.0 5.8 21.0 18.2 9.0 5.0 5.1 6.3 26.0 7. m TANK HEIGHT.0 5.9 14.4 18.6 5.0 5.8 7.8 19.0 12.0 7.6 10.0 14.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 6.6 14.7 14.4 19.9 18.0 5.6 11.85 and sp gr = 1.8 10.0 5.6 26.0 5.5 5.0 6.6 — 6.0 5.0 5.8 13.4 21.

0 5.0 7.6 26.0 8.1 38.6 38.3 28.0 6.4 13.0 6.0 6.0 m — Contd (Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062.6 13.0 10.0 6.2 12.0 8.6 30.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 26.0 10.4 33.0 62.9 18.6 18.6 11. E = 0.4 15.2 5.5 13.3 9.0 6.2 12.0 40.8 13.0 9.8 22.0 7.0 6.7 17.5 11. m 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 6.1 26.8 6.0 5.0 24.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.4 6.0 34.8 22.0 54.7 33.0 46.5 8.3 18.9 14.0 74.0 5.0 5.9 29.0 7.6 5.0 5.0 5. excluding corrosion allowance) ( Clause 3.0 5.7 7.0 TANK DIAMETER.0 6.0 6.4 19.0 12.0 5.0 48.8 14.0 31.7 35.7 10.9 23.0 6.7 34.7 9.2 12.0 20.0 70.0 21.8 6.7 5.0 7.0 5.6 16.4 15.0 5.0 22.0 5.4 17.0 5.0 31.7 22.0 5.4 13.8 15.9 23.0 5.0 6.0 5.0 6.0 12.2 11.0 6.4 — — 6.3 22.5 32.0 24.0 5.6 19.1976 TABLE 6 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 2.0 TANK DIAMETER.6 15.0 5.6 14.7 21.1 30.8 27.3 24.7 6.0 5.0 7.0 10.3 17.1 25.1 24.0 8.0 5. E = 0.0 6.0 6.5 24.0 6.5 13.2 — 6.0 12.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 37.6 6.8 27.7 33.5 — — — 6.0 5.0 5.9 6.0 58.7 6.7 8.0 78.6 39.0 5.2 28.5 14.7 12.0 5.8 27.0 6.0 6.0 5.6 21.2 14.3 19.0 8.0 6.9 19.2 22.2 6.0 12.8 10.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 44.5 13.85 and sp gr = 1.5 6.1 5.0 6.0 5.6 10.6 18.2 20.2 16.1 23.6 6.1 27.0 42.2 9.1 25.5 31.8 31.4 8.0 5.2 9.0 6.2 6.3 6.7 23.4 16.0 5.6 12.8 9.0 6.0 5.2 6.0 5.0 5.0 5.7 6.0 10.0 6.3 — — — — . mm 5.0 32.9 16.8 10. mm 6.2 27.5 37.6 18.1 14.0 5.0 27.0 66.9 7.4 19.1 36.4 22.0 5.0 5.6 9.0 5.0 5.9 16.0 5.0 5.5 11.8 11.0 5.1 24.3 35.4 6.7 21.0 5.2 12.0 5.6 7.0 5.0 5.0 5.8 22.7 23.2 20.0 12.1 15.1 15.2 6.0 5.2 6.0 5. m TANK HEIGHT.0 5.0 5.0 9.4 6.2 17.3 14.0 5.4 29.1 13.9 15.5 6.0 6.0 5.85 and sp gr = 1.0 38.0 7.0 10.0 82. excluding corrosion allowance) ( Clause 3.2 14.9 11.4 16.0 21.3 19.0 29.0 5.5 PLATE THICKNESS.9 35.0 6.3 — — — 6.0 20.9 13.4 — — — — 6.0 6.0 5.5 18.0 5.0 m (Using plates conforming to IS : 226 or IS : 2062.0 5.0 PLATE THICKNESS.5 25.0 5.1 17.0 6.0 34.2 ) 5.9 33.IS : 803 .0 13.0 25.3 ( Continued ) 13b TABLE 6 MINIMUM CALCULATED SHELL PLATE THICKNESS FOR TYPICAL TANKS FOR PLATE WIDTH 2.8 20.0 6.0 5.2 9.0 5.7 36.0 5.5 31.0 5.0 9.0 14.0 10.5 9.0 5.0 6.0 5.8 22.0 6.9 11.8 6.7 8.0 6. m 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 3.8 6.6 7.5 17.6 16.6 20.9 6.3 30.2 9.0 7.7 33.0 8.4 8.0 26.0 5.0 18.4 29.0 5.4 27.5 9.7 12.0 4.1 25.0 26.0 18.5 38.8 28.5 10.0 5.0 28.8 11.4 11.1 10.0 6.0 5.8 9.0 6.2 ) 36.6 18.0 5.8 5.0 5.0 30.0 6.5 — — — — 6.3 16.0 8.0 6.4 8.9 — — 6.0 5.6 15.0 5.9 16.6 17.0 5.3 14.1 23.0 5.8 8.6 19.0 16.0 50.5 9.0 5.0 7.1 7. m TANK HEIGHT.

As in the Original Standard. this Page is Intentionally Left Blank .

§Specification for steel castings for general engineering purposes ( second revision ). When so supplied. the couplings in all other respects shall conform to IS : 1978-1971**.m (4 kgf. ‡‡Specification for mild steel tubes.1 shall be used without impact testing on tank shells and its reinforcements for design metal temperatures greater than 10°C.1976 4. 15 . conforming to IS : 226-1975*.m) (transverse). 4. Pipes of heavy class conforming to IS : 1239 (Part II)-1969‡‡ may be used for nozzles on tank roofs and internal piping subject to agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer. By agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer. 4. 4.m) (longitudinal) or 25 N.4 For temperature lower than 10°C and up to – 20°C.m (2.1. couplings for threaded connections may be supplied without recesses. tubulars and other wrought steel fittings: Part II Mild steel tubulars and other wrought steel pipe fittings ( second revision ).2 Structural Sections — Dimensions of structural steel sections used in tank construction shall conform to IS : 808-1964† and IS : 808 (Part I)1973‡. ††Specification for high test line pipe ( first revision ).IS : 803 . Pipe used for structural purposes shall conform to IS : 1978-1971** and IS : 1979-1971†† with respect to physical properties of the material. pipe and pipe couplings shall conform to IS : 1978-1971**. shall be used.3 Cast Steel Mountings — Cast steel mountings shall be suitable for welding and shall conform to Grade 3 of IS : 1030-1974§.1. channel and angle sections ( revised ). ¶Specification for covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steels: Part II For welding sheets ( fourth revision ). Requirements of slip-on welding and welding neck flanges are covered in IS : 6392-1971§§. Each plate as-rolled shall be impact-tested at the design metal temperature to show that the average of three charpy Vnotch full size specimens is a minimum of 39 N. ‡Dimensions for hot rolled steel beams: Part I MB series ( second revision ). §§Specification for steel pipe flanges. †Specification for rolled steel beam.3 Plate materials specified in 4. 4.1.4 Electrodes — Electrodes for metal arc welding shall conform to IS : 814 (Part I)-1974|| and IS : 814 (Part II)-1974¶.5 kgf. **Specification for line pipe ( first revision ). and shall demonstrate adequate notch toughness at the design metal temperature.5 Piping — Unless specified otherwise.6 Flanges — Plate ring flanges shall be made from any of the plate materials listed in 4. || Specification for covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steels: Part I For welding products other than sheets ( fourth revision ). 4. 4. *Specification for structural steel (standard quality) ( fifth revision ). material listed in 4.1 with the exception of structural steel.

1 In the design of tank shells. 5.1) shall conform to the allowable working stresses given in IS : 800-1962§. §Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building construction ( revised ).7 of the minimum yield stress of each grade or 0. || Specification for steel plates for boilers.4 of the minimum ultimate tensile stress whichever is less. provided that below +10°C only semikilled or killed steels are used.1. Nuts shall be of black grade class 4. 5. where appropriate Indian Standard specifications for materials exist.3 The above stresses are permissible for design temperatures of –10°C to +200°C. 5. DESIGN 6. conform to such specifications. ‡Specification for structural steel (standard quality) ( fifth revision ).6 or 4.1976 4. For this purpose steel conforming to IS : 2002-1962|| (Grade 2B) and IS : 2041-1962¶ (Type 1) should be treated as equivalent to IS : 226-1975‡ or IS : 2062-1969† whereas Type 2 steel conforming to IS : 2041-1962¶ shall be treated equivalent to IS : 961-1975**. maximum allowable stress shall be 0. **Specification for structural steel (high tensile) ( second revision ). 5. 16 .1.1. ¶Specification for steel plates for pressure vessels. †Specification for structural steel (fusion welding quality) ( first revision ).8 Other materials used in association with steelwork shall.IS : 803 . 6.8.2 The permissible stresses for welds and welded connections shall conform to the values given in IS : 816-1969††.7 Bolts and Nuts — Bolts shall conform to the requirements specified in IS : 1367-1967* for black grade bolts of class 4.1 Maximum allowable working stresses shall not exceed the following.2 Structural design stresses (not covered in 5.1. Screw threads shall conform to coarse series medium class referred in IS : 1367-1967*. the maximum tensile stress before applying the factor for joint efficiency shall be 165 N/mm2 (1 680 kgf/cm2) in case of steel conforming to IS : 2062-1969† and IS : 226-1975‡. For other grades of steels. 4.0 General — Internal pressure of tanks designed in accordance with the rules and provisions made in this code shall not exceed the value given by: *Technical supply conditions for threaded fasteners ( first revision ). PERMISSIBLE STRESSES 5. ††Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general construction in mild steel ( first revision ). 5.

vegetation and unstable materials to whatever depth is necessary.2 Design of Bottom Plates 6. shall have their radial seams butt welded with a backing strip as shown in the same figure.2 Bottoms shall be built according to either of the following two methods of construction: a) Lap welded plates shall be reasonably rectangular and square edged. Bottom sketch and rectangular plates shall be lapped over the annular ring of segmental 17 . as shown in Fig. Where soil conditions are adverse. 6. 4. 4 ): a) All bottom plates shall have a minimum nominal thickness of 6 mm. b) All rectangular plates shall preferably have a minimum width of 1 500 mm. Three-plate laps shall not be closer than 300 mm from each other and also from the tank shell. uniformly resting on the ground or supporting substructure. 6. c) Bottom plates shall be of sufficient size so that when welded. at least a 25 mm width will project beyond the outside edge of the weld attaching the bottom to the shell plate.IS : 803 . Bottom plate attachment with the shell plate may be made by an annular ring of segmental plates as shown in Fig. 6.1 Bottom plate. NOTE — Bottom of excavation should be level. Remove muck. Portion of the sketch plates coming under the bottom shell ring shall have the outer ends of the joints fitted and lap welded to form a smooth bearing for the shell plates. Section BB ). W = total weight of shell and structure supported by shell in N (kgf). Joints shall be lapped to 5 times the thickness of the thinner plate. D = diameter of tank in m. but need not exceed 25 mm ( see Fig. 3A and 3B respectively for earth foundation and concrete ringwall foundation. where used. care should be taken to design the foundations properly such that no subsidence takes place.1 Foundation — Tanks shall be built on good foundations. shall conform to the following ( see Fig. 5B. Such annular rings. All sketch plates (bottom plates upon which the shell plate rests). Details of typical foundations normally adopted are shown in Fig. 5A. Plates shall be welded on top side only with a continuous fillet weld on all seams.1976 where Pmax = internal pressure.2.2. and t = thickness of roof in mm. which have one end rectangular shall also preferably have a minimum width of 1 500 mm for the rectangular end.

1976 FIG.IS : 803 . 3 TYPICAL FOUNDATIONS plates with the lap not less than five times the nominal thickness the thinner plates joined. 18 .

If square grooves are employed. if necessary. The manufacturer may submit the other methods of butt welding the bottom for the purchaser’s approval. 4 TYPICAL LAYOUT OF TANK BOTTOM b) Bottoms may be of butt welded construction. the root opening shall be not less than 6 mm.IS : 803 . Plates shall have the parallel edges prepared for butt welding with either square or V-grooves.1976 FIG. The butt welds shall be made by applying a backing strip 3 mm thick or heavier by tack welding to the underside of the plate ( see Fig. Section XX ). Three-plate joints shall not be closer than 300 mm from each other and also from the tank shell. 5B. 19 . to maintain the root opening between the adjacent plates. A metal spacer shall be used.

5 BOTTOM PLATE ARRANGEMENT UNDER TANK SHELL 20 .IS : 803 .1976 FIG.

3.1 shall be checked by shear stresses due to the total load Hp × l acting at the supports and shall be increased if required.1 (b). and the bottom plate supported on piers or beams.2. minimum thickness of bottom plate tb in mm shall be obtained by the equation: tb = 3 G × Hp × l 4 Sb 2 ------------------------------------ where G = specific gravity of stored product but not less than 1. nor less than the following values: Maximum Thickness of Shell Plate. mm 5 6 to 20 21 to 30 Over 32 Minimum Size of Fillet Weld.5 Rules for fabrication given in 6.1 (c) and 6. 6. mm 5 6 8 10 *Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building construction ( revised ).2.3.2 (b) above shall also govern fabrication of the bottom plate resting on piers/beams. Hp = uniform loading on the bottom plate in N/mm2 (kgf/cm2) due to maximum head of water in the tank.IS : 803 .3.2.4 The joint between the bottom edge of the lowest course of shell plate and bottom plate or annular segmental plate shall be by a continuous fillet weld laid on each side of the shell plate.3.2. 21 .3 Bottom Plate Resting on Piers 6. The size of each weld shall be not greater than 12 mm and not less than the nominal thickness of the thinner of the two plates joined.1976 6. to keep these stresses within limits specified in IS : 800-1962*.2. 6.3.2.3.2.1 For tanks erected on an elevated foundation.3 Special consideration shall be given for any other concentrated loads acting on the bottom plate. 6. l = length of bottom plate in mm freely supported between the successive piers/beams.2. 6. 6.2.2.2 The thickness determined by 6.2.4 Generally bottom plate built under this rule is a butt welded construction so that the plate rests uniformly on the supporting structure. 6. and Sb = maximum allowable bending stress in plate in N/mm2 (kgf/cm2).

however.if S is in N/mm2 SE or 50 ( H – 0.1. 1A of IS : 875-1964*. *Code of practice for structural safety of buildings: Loading standards ( revised ).2 whichever is greater: 4.3. the joint efficiency factor considered for design shall be 0. Where welds are not to be so examined by radiography.0. and E = joint efficiency factor.85 for double welded butt joints.3.3 Wind and internal vacuum loads shall be considered together to check the stability of tank shells. a minimum of 500 N/m2 (50 kg/m2) vacuum shall be considered. subject to all vertical and horizontal butt welds being spot radiographed as recommended by this code.3.1 The minimum thickness of shell plates shall not be less than that calculated from the following formula or as specified in 6.3 Design of Shell Plates 6. H = height from the bottom of the course under consideration to top of top curb angle or to bottom of any overflow which limits tank filling height in m. to determine the minimum thickness of shell plates computed from the stress on the vertical joints.IS : 803 . if heavier than water.1 Loads 6.3.3. 6. such as caused by heavy loads from platforms and elevated walkways between tanks.00 or the liquid to be stored.3 )DG t = -----------------------------------------. 6.3. Internal vacuum in the tank shall be specified by the purchaser. 6.3.3. 22 . S = allowable stress.3 )DG = ---------------------------------------.1. but in no case less than 1. G = specific gravity of liquid to be stored.3 Plate Thicknesses 6.9 ( H – 0. preferably in a horizontal position.1976 6.3.if S is in kgf/cm2 SE where t = minimum thickness in mm.2 Joint Efficiency Factor — This shall be taken as 0. D = nominal diameter of tank in m. Wind loads shall be as specified in Fig.1 Stresses in the tank shell shall be computed on the assumption that the tank is filled with water of specific gravity 1.2 Isolated radial loads on tank shells. shall be distributed appropriately. 6.70. The tension in each course shall be computed at 30 cm above the centre line of the lower horizontal joint of the course in question.3.1.

The maximum height of unstiffened shell. 6. 6.3. except that insert plates up to 75 mm thickness inclusive shall be permitted for material conforming to IS : 2002-1962* Grade 2B and IS : 2041-1962† steels. .1976 6. unless otherwise specified by the purchaser.0 Over 15 up to and including 36 6.3.3.3. *Specification for steel plates for boilers.5 The width of the shell plate shall be as agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer.3.3.4 The maximum nominal thickness of tank shell plates shall be 40 mm. in metres. Any required corrosion allowance for the shell plates shall be added to the calculated thickness of 6.0 Over 36 up to and including 60 8.1.6 Stability of tank shells against external loads shall be checked by determining the maximum height of the shell from the tap curb angle or wind girder that does not buckle under this loading and providing stiffening to the shell if required.3. 23 .2 In no case shall the nominal thickness of shell plates (including shell extensions for floating roof) be less than the following: Nominal Tank Diameter Minimum Nominal Thickness m mm Less than 15 5. if p is in kgf/m2  D where H1 = vertical distance between the intermediate wind girder and top angle of the shell or the top wind girder of an open top tank in m. t = average shell thickness in height H1 in mm determined from the actual thicknesses of plates used unless the purchaser specifies that the net thickness (actual thickness used minus corrosion allowance specified) shall be considered.0 Over 60 10.IS : 803 . . 6. shall not exceed H1 as determined by the following equation: 14 700 t H 1 = --------------------p or 1 500 t = -----------------p t.3  --.0 6.3. †Specification for steel plates for pressure vessels.3.3. if p is in N/m2 D t. but preferably should not be less than 1 500 mm.3  --.3.3 The nominal thickness of shell plates refers to the tank shell as constructed and is based on stability rather than stress.3.

6. Minimum distance from this girder to the nearest horizontal joint in the shell shall be 150 mm. as desired by the purchaser.3. Suggested forms of joints are shown in Fig. 6.4. For greater external pressures P.1 Vertical and horizontal joints — All vertical and horizontal joints shall be of double-welded butt construction with complete penetration and fusion through the full thickness of the parent plate.3. wind pressure and internal vacuum. the shell is considered stable against the external loads that are considered and no intermediate girder is required. The required minimum section modulus in cubic centimetres of this girder shall be determined by the equation: Z = 0. An initial calculation shall be made using the thickness of the top shell course.3.or --------. equal to or less than the height of shell used in determining the average thickness.059 D2H1 This formula is applicable for total external pressures up to 1 470 N/m2 (150 kgf/m2). 6. t being the plate thickness of the thicker course at the point of offset. If value of H1 continues to be greater than the height of shell used in determining the average thickness. When such a value of H1 is obtained. till the value H1 equals or is less than the height of shell used in determining the average thickness.4. The centre-line of each course shall be on top of the centre-line of the course immediately below or alternatively the inside surfaces of offset horizontal butt joints shall be kept flush.3. 1 470 150 Thereafter.3. required minimum section modulus of this girder is computed by multiplying above equation by P P-------------.5. 24 .where P is in N/m2 or kgf/m2 respectively.IS : 803 . and p = sum of all external pressures acting on the tank shell.2 Vertical joints in adjacent shell courses shall not be in alignment but shall be offset from each other as large a distance as possible but in no case less than a distance of 5t. 6.4 Shell Plate Arrangement 6.1976 D = nominal tank diameter in m.5 Shell Joints 6. an intermediate wind girder shall be provided on the shell at a distance below the top wind girder of curb angle.1 The shell shall be designed to have all courses truly vertical. that is. or courses. The system of construction to be followed should be specified in the order. Further calculations shall be made by considering the weighted average thickness of the top course and part or all of the next lower course. the rest of the shell below this intermediate girder shall be checked in the same manner considering this girder as the top of the tank.

5.1976 FIG.IS : 803 . 25 .3. *Code of procedure for manual metal arc welding of mild steel.2 The suitability of plate preparation and welding procedure shall be the manufacturer’s choice subject to welding procedure qualification as specified in IS : 823-1964*. 6 TYPICAL HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL JOINTS 6.

0 mm b) Tanks over 10 m and up to and including 65 × 65 × 8.6.3. The horizontal leg of the top angle may extend inside or outside the tank shell at the purchaser’s option.IS : 803 .3.6.3 The wide face of unsymmetrical V or U butt joints may be on the outside or on the inside of the tank shell.0 mm 36 m diameter d) Tanks over 36 m diameter 100 × 100 × 10.3. 6.6 Roof-Curb Angle 6.3.8.0 mm 18 m diameter c) Tanks over 18 m and up to and including 75 × 75 × 10. FIG.3. 7. This will be attached to the upper edge of the shell plate by a double-welded butt or lap joint.3. Typical roof to shell joints and roof plate joints are given in Fig.6.2 and as may be required by 6. tank shells shall be provided with top-curb angles of sizes not less than specified in 6.1976 6.6.3.0 mm 26 . 7 TYPICAL ROOF JOINTS 6.6.2 Minimum sizes of top curb angle shall be: a) Tanks up to and including 10 m diameter 65 × 65 × 6.3.5.1 Except as specified for open top tanks in 6.

8. = angle between the roof and a horizontal plane at the roof shell junction in degrees.6. When plate girder as shown in Fig.3 For tanks having internal pressure.095 R R t R . Detail—D is used. = 0.19 R S t S where RS = radius of tank shell in cm. cross-sectional area of curb angle provided shall not be less than the area required to resist the compressive force at the roof shell junction minus the participating shell and roof area shown in Fig.1976 NOTE — Thickness specified above includes corrosion allowance required for petroleum service. P = upward force due to internal tank’s pressure minus weight of roof plates. tS = nominal shell thickness in mm. 8. RR tR = 0. D = tank diameter in m. = radius of roof at roof shell junction in cm. 6. 8. Ws = width of the shell in the compression region in cm. Special consideration should be given for severe service.IS : 803 . required area of this girder is given by: 27 . This area may be provided by using rolled angle or other section or plate girder as shown in Fig.3. Area of curb angle required is given by: where Ac = area of curb angle in cm2. and = nominal roof thickness in cm. WR = width of the roof in the compression region in cm.

3.3.3 ).7. the excess shell plate thickness.IS : 803 . and the thickness T of the opening reinforcement plate may be decreased accordingly. equal to the vertical dimension of the hole in the tank shell plate. may be considered as reinforcement.3. The crosssectional area of the reinforcement shall be measured along the vertical axis passing through the centre. both above and below the centre-line of the hole in the tank shell plate.3.7 Circular Shell Openings 6. within a vertical distance.2 If a thicker shell plate is used than is required for the hydrostatic loading and corrosion allowance ( see 6.1976 FIG.1 Opening in tank shells larger than 64 mm in diameter shall be reinforced. 6.3.7.3 All effective reinforcements shall be made within a distance.1.3.7. 6. equal to the vertical 28 . The minimum cross-sectional area of the reinforcement shall be not less than the product of the vertical diameter of the hole cut in the tank shell and the shell plate thickness required under 6. above or below the centre-line of the shell opening. 8 SOME PERMISSIBLE DETAILS OF COMPRESSION RINGS 6.3.3.

The inner peripheral welding shall be large enough to sustain the remainder of the loading. The strength of the effective attachment welding shall be considered as its shear resistance at the stress values given for fillet welds under 5.3. 6.7. shall be applied completely around the reinforcement. 6.7. shall be considered effective only for the parts lying outside the area bounded by vertical lines drawn tangent to the shell opening.4 The following portions of the neck of a fitting may be considered as part of the area of reinforcement: a) The portion extending outwardly from the outside surface of the tank shell plate for a distance equal to four times the neck wall thickness or. The reinforcement may be provided within a vertical distance. or by any combination.3. or to an intervening reinforcing plate.3. or to both. and corrosion allowance.3. b) The portion lying within the shell plate thickness.3. except that when low type nozzles are used with the reinforcing plate extending to the tank bottom.6 The aggregate strength of the weld attaching any intervening reinforcing plate to the shell plate shall at least equal to proportion of the forces passing through the entire reinforcement which is computed to pass through the reinforcing plate considered.4(a).7. 6.4. and c) The portion extending inwardly from the inside surface of the tank shell plate for a distance as specified under 6. The outer peripheral weld shall be of a size not less than 0.3.2. both above and below the centre-line of the hole in the shell. equal to the vertical dimension of the hole in the tank shell plate by any one.7. and c) Any excess shell plate thickness. however.7.3. 29 .5 The aggregate strength of the weld attaching a fitting to the shell plate. the size of that portion of the peripheral weld which attaches the reinforcing plate to the bottom plate shall conform to 6.1976 dimensions of the hole in the tank shell plate.7. of the following: a) The reinforcing plate. b) The portion of the neck of the fitting which may be considered as reinforcement according to 6.1. The outer peripheral welding.2. to the point of transition.5 tmin where tmin is the smaller of 20 mm or the thickness less corrosion allowance of either of the parts joined by a fillet weld or groove weld.3.7 The attachment welding to the shell. 6. along the outer periphery of the reinforcing plate.4. beyond that required under 6.IS : 803 . if the neck wall thickness is reduced within this distance. All the inner peripheral welding shall be considered effective. shall equal at least the proportion of the forces passing through the entire reinforcement which is computed to pass through the fitting considered.

that if any opening intersects the vertical centre-line of another.3. 6.3.IS : 803 . and c) If the normal reinforcing plates for the smaller openings.3.8. 6. they shall be treated and reinforced as follows: a) All such openings shall be included in a single reinforcing plate. 6.3. Stiffening rings shall be located at or near the top course.7. fillet sizes shall be determined according to 6. Change of size from the outer limits of the normal plate for the largest opening to the outer limits of that for the smaller opening farthest therefrom shall be by uniform straight taper unless the normal plate for any intermediate opening would extend beyond the limits so fixed. however.6 and 6.3.7. 6.7.7. provided. For convenience fillet sizes for one type of attachment are given in Table 9.7. 6.8 (b) with respect to openings on the same or adjacent vertical centrelines shall also apply in this case.3.3.8 Design of Wind Girders for Open-Top Tanks 6. which shall be proportioned for the largest opening in the group.059 D2H 30 .5.8. Provisions under 6.8 When two or more openings are located so close that their normal reinforcing plate edges are closer than ten times the thickness of the thicker reinforcing plate with a minimum of 150 mm. and Table 10 respectively for manholes and nozzles. and preferably on the outside of the tank shell.9 Reinforcement for non-circular openings shall be given special consideration. the total width of the final reinforcing plate along the vertical centre-line of either opening shall be not less than the sum of the widths of the normal plates for the openings involved.1 Open top tanks shall be provided with stiffening rings to maintain roundness when the tank is subjected to wind loads. considered separately. would not fall within the area limits of the solid portion of a normal plate for the largest opening. the smaller openings may be included in a normal plate for the largest openings without increase in size of that plate. the group reinforcing plate size and shape shall be such as to include the outer limits of the normal reinforcing plates for all of the openings in the group. in which case uniform straight tapers shall join the outer limits of the several normal plates.3. would fall within the area limits of the solid portion of normal plate for the largest opening. b) If the normal reinforcing plates for the smaller openings in the group.7.3. For other types of attachments.1976 Figures 11 and 12 show acceptable methods of attachment.2 The required minimum section modulus of the wind girder shall be determined by the following formula: Z = 0. considered separately.7.

D = normal diameter of tank in m.8. if applicable. 1 470 150 6. required section modulus of the stiffening ring shall be computed by multiplying above equation by P P -------------.3. When curb angles are attached to the top edge of the shell ring by butt welding.3. shall have a width not less than 0.8. or as component in a built-up stiffening ring.2.3.where P is in kgf/m2). and H = height of tank shell in m including any ‘free board’ provided above the maximum filling height as guide for the floating roof. The outer periphery of stiffening rings may be circular or polygonal.(or --------. Built-up stiffening rings using flats and bars are permitted subject to purchaser’s approval. The 31 . the section modulus of that portion of the ring outside the opening.7 Rings of such design that liquid may be trapped thereon shall be provided with adequate drain holes.3.6 m clear of the projecting curb angle on the top of the tank-shell. 6.3 The section modulus of the stiffening ring shall be based upon the properties of the applied members and may include a portion of the tank shell for a distance of 16 plate thicknesses below and.5 The minimum size of angle for use along. Stiffening ring having a section modulus given by the above formula is adequate for external pressures (wind + vacuum) up to 1 470 N/m2 (150 kgf/mm2). 6. shall conform to the requirements of 6. above the ring shell attachment.8. Other rolled sections of equivalent section modulus may also be used.8 Stiffening rings or portions thereof.1976 where Z = section modulus in cm3. The minimum nominal thickness of plate for use in formed or built-up stiffening rings shall be 6 mm.4 Stiffening rings may be made of either structural section. 6. this distance shall be reduced by the width of the vertical leg of the angle. and shall be provided with a standard railing on the unprotected side and at the ends of the section so used. or of combinations of such types of sections assembled by welding. and with a 75 × 75 × 6 mm angle for shell greater than 5 mm. 6.8. which are regularly used as a walkway. or sections built-up by welding. 6. and including the transition section.8.3.3.9 When a stair opening is installed through a stiffening ring.3. shall be 60 × 60 × 6 mm.8. For greater external pressure P.6 When stiffening rings are located more than 0. shall be located preferably 1 m below the top of the curb angle. the tank shall be provided with a 60 × 60 × 5 mm top curb angle for 5 mm shells.6 m below the top of the shell. formed plate section.8. Section modulii values for typical ring members are given in Table 7.IS : 803 . 6.3.8.

3.8.10 Supports shall be provided for all stiffening rings when the dimension of the horizontal leg or web exceeds 16 times the leg or web thickness. Such supports shall be spaced at intervals as required for the dead load and vertical live load that may be placed upon the ring. TABLE 7 SECTION MODULUS OF WIND GIRDERS ( Clause 6. placed horizontally.4 8. Full penetration butt welds shall be used for jointing ring sections.3 13.3. However.8.0 Detail A — Top Angle ( Continued ) 32 . because of their location. The other sides of the opening shall be stiffened with an angle. The cross-sectional area of these rim stiffeners shall be at least equivalent to the cross-sectional area of that portion of shell included in the section modulus calculations of the stiffening ring ( see 6.5 13.3. or additional members.8. 6. These stiffeners.3. may be subjected to corrosion from entrapped moisture or cause rust markings on the tank shell.IS : 803 . SECTION THROUGH WIND GIRDER MEMBER SIZE IN mm × mm × mm ISA 65 × 65 × 6 ISA 65 × 65 × 8 ISA 75 × 75 × 10 SECTION MODULUS IN cm3 FOR SHELL THICKNESS 5 mm 6.11 Continuous seal welds of about 3 mm shall be used for all joints which.3 ) All dimensions in millimetres. placed vertically. or bar. 6. The stiffening members shall extend beyond the end of the opening for a distance equal to or greater than the minimum depth of the regular ring section.9 An alternate method for design of tank shells is dealt with in Appendix B.1976 shell adjacent to such opening shall be stiffened with an angle.8 ). shall furnish a suitable tee board around the opening. The end stiffening members shall frame into the side stiffening members and shall be connected to them in such a manner as to develop their full strength.8.5 8. 6.6 6 mm 6.3. the spacing shall not exceed 24 times the width of the outside compression flange. or bar.

2 36.1976 TABLE 7 SECTION MODULUS OF WIND GIRDERS — Contd MEMBER SIZE IN mm × mm × mm ISA 65 × 65 × 6 ISA 65 × 65 × 8 ISA 75 × 75 × 6 ISA 75 × 75 × 10 ISA 100 × 100 × 6 ISA 100 × 100 × 10 SECTION MODULUS IN cm3 FOR SHELL THICKNESS 5 mm 27.7 6 mm 28.8 73.9 37.1 157.8 54.4 70.1 66.6 94.3 50.4 36.0 63.8 92.2 33.2 SECTION THROUGH WIND GIRDER Detail B — Curb Angle ISA 65 × 65 × 6 ISA 65 × 65 × 8 ISA 100 × 75 × 8 ISA 125 × 75 × 8 ISA 150 × 115 × 10 28.8 67.5 190.1 Detail C — Single Angle ( Continued ) 33 .5 29.3 34.IS : 803 .4 34.5 90.

5 2 016.2 518.9 SECTION THROUGH WIND GIRDER Detail D — Two Angles b = 250 b = 300 b = 350 b = 400 b = 450 b = 500 b = 550 b = 600 b = 650 b = 700 b = 750 b = 800 b = 850 b = 900 b = 950 b = 1 000 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 341.0 356.0 1 863.9 1 573.5 296.5 1 435.2 217.1 2 166.IS : 803 .7 ( Continued ) Detail E — Formed Plate 34 .7 300.1976 TABLE 7 SECTION MODULUS OF WIND GIRDERS — Contd MEMBER SIZE IN mm × mm × mm ISA 100 × 75 × 8 ISA 100 × 75 × 10 ISA 125 × 75 × 8 ISA 125 × 75 × 10 ISA 125 × 95 × 8 ISA 125 × 95 × 10 ISA 150 × 115 × 10 SECTION MODULUS IN cm3 FOR SHELL THICKNESS 5 mm 182.4 309.0 427.7 6 mm 187.7 615.5 346.6 250.5 717.2 518.9 506.6 1 053.1 1 303.1 258.4 824.4 1 716.2 288.4 936.5 224.8 1 176.

2 1 250. 6 mm 335.6 596.3 2 737.8 2 082.9 2 239.5 693.6 1 931.8 901.4 1 785.IS : 803 .3 1 012.6 504.2 1 644.4 SECTION THROUGH WIND GIRDER 35 .1 2 400.2 417.6 1 508.2 794.6 1 376.2 2 566.8 1 129.1976 TABLE 7 SECTION MODULUS OF WIND GIRDERS — Contd MEMBER SIZE IN mm b = 250 b = 300 b = 350 b = 400 b = 450 b = 500 b = 550 b = 600 b = 650 b = 700 b = 750 b = 800 b = 850 b = 900 Detail F — Formed Plate b = 950 b = 1 000 b = 1 050 b = 1 100 b = 1 150 b = 1 200 SECTION MODULUS IN cm3 FOR SHELL THICKNESS.

2 Self-supporting cone roof — A roof formed to approximately the surface of a right cone.4. the joint may be considered to be frangible and. Laps shall be arranged as shown in Fig. will fail before failure occurs in the tank shell joints or the shell-to-bottom joint.4.4.2.4. 36 .2.2.1 All roofs and supporting structures shall be designed to support dead load.5 Roof plates shall be attached to the top angle of the tank with a continuous fillet weld on the top side only.4 All internal and external structural members of the roof shall have a minimum nominal thickness.2.4.6 Roof plate shall be lapped with a minimum overlap of 25 mm and shall be welded with a continuous fillet weld on the top side only. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable tank connection for the device.4. Failure of the roof-to-shell joint may be accompanied by buckling of the top angle.1. supported only at its periphery.4 Self-supporting umbrella roof — A modified dome roof so formed that any horizontal section is a regular polygon with as many sides as there are roof plates.1.2.1.1 Supported cone roof — A roof formed to approximately the surface of a right cone.4. emergency venting devices in accordance with Appendix C shall be provided by the purchaser.4. 6. of 4. 6. 6.5 and 6.1976 6. in case of excessive internal pressure.1 Definitions — The following definitions shall apply to designs of roofs. in any component. 6.IS : 803 . 7 for roof plate joint depending on the local conditions by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer. 6.3 Self-supporting dome roof — A roof formed to approximately a spherical surface. Where the weld size exceeds 5 mm or where the slope of the roof at the top-angle attachment is greater than 1 in 6. 6. supported only at its periphery.5 mm. (A) or (B) of Fig. 6.3 Roof plates of supported cone roofs shall not be attached to the supporting members.1.4. A greater thickness may be required for self-supporting roofs ( see 6.2.4. 6. plus a uniform live load of not less than 1 225 N/m2 (125 kgf/m2) of projected area.4.6 ). 6.4.4.2 Roof plates shall have a minimum nominal thickness of 5 mm. supported only at its periphery.4 Designs of Roof 6. If the continuous fillet weld between the roof plates and the top angle does not exceed 5 mm and the slope of the roof at the top angle attachment does not exceed 1 in 6.4. 6. with its principal support provided by either rafters on girders and columns or rafters on trusses with or without columns.2 General 6.

if necessary. 6. (2) Rafters having a nominal depth greater than 375 mm. If the rafters are set directly on chord girders producing slightly varying rafter slopes. 20 mm diameter tie rods (or equivalent) shall be placed between the rafters in the outer rings.IS : 803 . When specified by the purchaser for tanks located in areas subject to earthquake. their centres shall not be more than 2 m measured along the circumference of the tank. with or without supporting columns. b) The slope of the roof shall be 1 in 16 or greater as specified by the purchaser. the compression flange of a member or the top chord of a truss shall be considered to receive no lateral support from the roof plates and shall be laterally braced. The size of the roof-to-top angle weld shall be 5 mm or smaller if so specified by the purchaser.1976 6.4 Supported Cone Roofs — The design of supported cone roof shall conform to the following: a) Roof plates shall be welded on the top side with continuous full-fillet welds on all seams.4. d) Structural members. by other acceptable methods. in the outer ring. 6. Rafters in direct contact with the roof plates applying the loading to the rafters may be considered to receive adequate lateral support from the friction between the roof plates and the compression flanges of the rafters. e) Rafters shall be spaced so that. Spacing on inner rings shall not be greater than 1. including those supporting the rafters. f) Roof columns shall be made from structural shapes or pipes or built-up sections.7 For all types of roofs. c) Main supporting members. Although these members may be in contact with the roof plates. with the following exceptions: (1) Trusses and open-web joists used as rafters. serving as rafters.4. Suitable base frames or reinforcing pads shall be provided at the column base to distribute loads coming on the tank bottom.75 m. may be rolled or fabricated sections. 37 . These tie rods may be omitted if I or H sections are used as rafters.3 Permissible Stresses — All parts of the structure shall be so proportioned that the sum of the maximum static stresses shall not exceed the permissible stresses given in IS : 800-1962*. and (3) Rafters having a slope greater than 1 in 6. *Code of practice for use of structural steel in general building construction ( revised ). may be rolled or fabricated section or trusses.2. the slope of the flattest rafter shall conform to the specified or ordered roof slope.4. the plates may be stiffened by sections welded to the plates but not to the supporting rafters and/or girders.

4.4.IS : 803 . All other structural attachments shall be either bolted. but should not be less than 5 mm when so designed by the manufacturer. 6. riveted.1976 g) Rafters clips for the outer row of rafters shall be welded to the tank shell. = R/2. subject to the approval of the purchaser. 6. = angle of cone elements with the horizontal in degrees. shall not be less than: where D = nominal diameter of tank shell in m. Columns shall not be rigidly attached to the bottom plate.4.8 D = 1.5.1 The cross-sectional area of the top angle in cm2 plus the cross- sectional areas of the shell and roof plates within a distance of 16 times their thicknesses measured from their most remote point of attachment to the top angle.165 (slope 1 in 6) Minimum t Maximum t = = 12 mm but not less than 5 mm NOTE — Self-supporting roofs having the roof plates stiffened by sections welded to the plates need not conform to the above minimum thickness requirements.5 but not less than 5 mm = 12 mm These formulae for self-supporting roofs assume a uniform live load of 1 225 N/m2 (125 kgf/m2).5 Self-Supporting Cone Roofs — Self-supporting cone roofs shall conform to the following requirements: Maximum = 37° Minimum sin = 0. or welded. Guide clips shall be welded to the tank bottom to prevent lateral movement of columns.2 D where R = radius of the dome in m. NOTE — Self supporting roofs having the roof plates stiffened by sections welded to the plates need not conform to the minimum thickness requirements. and t = nominal thickness of roof plates in mm. but should be not less than 5 mm when so designed by the manufacturer. 38 . subject to the approval of the purchaser. 6.6 Self-Supporting Dome and Umbrella Roofs — Self-supporting dome and umbrella roofs shall conform to the following requirements: Minimum R Maximum R Minimum t in mm Maximum t = 0.

7.2.1 General 7. 7.4. the edges of the roof plates.1 The top-angle sections for self-supporting roofs shall be joined by butt welds having complete penetration and fusion.4. shall have such surfaces made uniform and smooth. 39 . 6.2 Shell Manholes 7.4. 7.1.2 Manhole necks. Alternative designs of appurtenances which provide equivalent strength. tightness and utility are permissible. nozzle necks.8 Recommended column layout for tanks and column and girder attachment details are shown in Fig.1 Appurtenances or mountings installed on tanks should conform to this code.2. 6.7.4.1 Shell manholes shall conform to Fig. 11 and Tables 8 and 9.1976 6.4. measured from their most remote point of attachment to the top angle.1 The cross-sectional area of the top angle in cm2 plus the crosssectional areas of the shell and roof plates within a distance of 16 times their thicknesses. if so agreed by the purchaser.7 Top-Angle Attachment for Self-Supporting Roofs 6.4.1.6. may be flanged horizontally to rest flat against the top angle to improve welding conditions.5 Floating Roof — Reference may be made to Appendix D for the design and construction of floating roofs.6.7. and t = nominal thickness of roof plates in mm. which have either sheared or oxygen-cut surfaces. reinforcing plates. and shell-plate openings.IS : 803 . R = radius of curvature of roof in m. 6.4. dome or umbrella type.5 and 6. except where such surfaces are fully covered by attachment welds. APPURTENANCES AND MOUNTINGS 7.2 Manhole frames may be press-formed or of built-up welded construction. shall equal or exceed: DR -------20 where D = nominal diameter of tank shell in m. with the corners rounded. 6.2 For self-supporting roofs whether of the cone. Joint efficiency factors need not be applied if it conforms to the requirements of 6. at the option of the manufacturer. 7. 9 and 10.

1976 FIG. 9 RECOMMENDED LAYOUT OF COLUMNS FOR NORMAL SIZE TANKS 40 .IS : 803 .

10 TYPICAL COLUMN AND GIRDER ATTACHMENT DETAILS 41 .IS : 803 .1976 FIG.

IS : 803 - 1976
7.3 Shell Nozzles 7.3.1 Shell nozzles shall conform to Fig. 12 and 13 and Table 10. 7.3.2 Details and dimensions specified herein are for nozzles installed with their axes perpendicular to the shell plate. Nozzles may be installed at an angle of other than 90° to the shell plate in a horizontal plane, provided that the width of the reinforcing plate is increased by the amount that the horizontal chord of the opening cut in the shell plate increases as the opening changes from circular to elliptical in making the angular installation. In addition, nozzles not larger than 75 mm nominal pipe size, for insertion of thermometer wells, sampling connections, or other purposes not involving the attachment of extended piping, may be installed at an angle of 15° or less off perpendicular in a vertical plane, without modification of the nozzle reinforcing plate. 7.4 Roof Manholes 7.4.1 Manholes in the roof shall conform to Fig. 14 and Table 11. They shall be suitable for attachment by welding to the tank roof sheets and shall be positioned close to roof sheet supporting members. 7.4.2 The manhole cover may be hinged with single or multiple bolt fixing as required by the purchaser. 7.4.3 Openings made for fixing manholes on self supporting roofs and roofs subjected to internal pressure shall be reinforced by a plate ring having the same thickness of roof plate and outer diameter equal to twice the diameter of the opening. 7.5 Roof Nozzles 7.5.1 Flanged roof nozzles shall conform to Fig. 15 and Table 12, installation of threaded nozzles shall be as shown in Fig. 15. 7.5.2 All nozzle openings greater than 150 mm diameter, shall be reinforced by a plate ring having the same thickness as roof plate and outer-diameter equal to twice the diameter of the opening. 7.6 Water Draw-Offs and Drain Pad 7.6.1 Water draw-off sumps shall conform to Fig. 16. 7.6.2 Drain pad for elevated tanks shall be in accordance with Fig. 17 and Table 13. 7.7 Platforms, Gangways and Stairways 7.7.1 Platforms and gangways shall conform to the following: a) Platforms and gangways shall be capable of supporting a moving concentrated load of 4 412 N (450 kgf) and the handrailing structure

42

IS : 803 - 1976
shall be capable of withstanding a load of 882 N (90 kgf) applied in any direction at any point on the top rails. b) All parts shall be made of metal. c) Flooring shall be of grating or of non-slip material. d) A standard width of such gangways on a tank is 600 mm. Wider gangways may be used if required by the purchaser. e) Handrailing of 1 m height shall be provided on all open sides and shall have a toe board not less than 75 mm besides top and mid-rails. f) At handrail openings, any space between the tank and the platform wider than 150 mm shall be floored. 7.7.2 Stairways shall conform to the following: a) Stairways shall be capable of supporting a moving concentrated load of 4 412 N (450 kgf) and the handrailing structure shall be capable of withstanding a load of 882 N (90 kgf) applied in any direction at any point on the top rail. b) Handrails shall be on both sides of straight stairs, as well as on spiral stairs when the clearance between the tank shell and stair stringer exceeds 200 mm. c) Spiral stairways should be completely supported on the shell of the tank and ends of the stringers should be clear of the ground. d) All parts to be made of metal. e) Standard width of stairs is 800 mm. Wider stairs may be used if required by purchaser. f) Standard width of stair treads is 250 mm, and shall be of a grating or non-slip material. g) Maximum angle of stairway with a horizontal line shall be 50°. h) Stair tread rises shall be uniform throughout the height of the stairway and preferably be 200 mm. j) Top railing shall join the platform handrail without offset, and the height measured vertically from tread level at nose of tread shall be 750 to 850 mm. k) Maximum distance between railing posts measured along the slope of the railing shall be 2.4 m. 7.8 Flush Type Cleanout Fitting — Figure 18 shows an acceptable type of flush type cleanout fitting that may be incorporated in a tank if

43

IS : 803 - 1976

FIG. 11

TYPICAL SHELL MANHOLES ( see Tables 8 and 9 )

44

Tables 14. 19.0 14.Man.9 Gauge Wells — Typical sketches of gauge wells showing two different methods of installing gauges without welding them to the existing roof nozzles are given in Fig.23 (2.0 12. Special consideration shall be made by the purchaser in design of foundation to provide an adequate support to this fitting.Man.65) 0.0 16.5 20.Man.80) 0.20) 0.0 10.0 23.2. TABLE 8 SHELL MANHOLE COVER PLATE AND BOLTING FLANGE THICKNESS ( see Fig. 7.165 (1.10 (1.1976 specified by the purchaser.12 (1.ManManManManMAXI-              hole hole (4) 10 12 12 12 14 14 16 18 hole (5) 12 12 14 16 16 18 20 20 hole (6) 12 14 16 18 20 20 22 25 (1) 6. 11 ) ( Clause 7. foam chamber.00) 0.5 8.65) 0.40) 0. 7.1 ) MINIMUM BOLTING FLANGE THICKMINIMUM COVER PLATE EQUIMUM VALENT NESS AFTER FINISHING IN mm THICKNESS IN mm TANK *PRESSURE HEIGHT IN N/mm2 500-mm 600-mm 750-mm 900-mm 500-mm 600-mm 750-mm 900-mm m (kgf/cm2) Man.065 (0.08 (0. free vents and earthing boss be provided conforming to Indian Standard specifications wherever available and in agreement with the purchaser.14 (1. 15 and 16 give additional data and dimensions of this fitting. 45                  hole (7) 6 6 6 8 10 10 11 12 hole (8) 6 8 8 10 12 12 12 14 hole (9) 8 10 10 12 12 14 16 18 hole (10) 10 12 12 14 16 18 20 20 .3) (3) 8 10 10 12 12 12 14 16 *Equivalent pressure is based on water loading. gauge hatch.IS : 803 .10 Tank Accessories — Other tank accessories like level indicator.20 (2.0) 0.0 (2) 0.

C and D. 6. DC Bolt circle dia. sizes of fillet welds shall be fixed in accordance with 6. 46 .7.3. f = T/2. Tp mm 8 11 12 18 20 NOTE — If neck thickness on a built-up manhole is greater than the required minimum.3. or the allowable finished thickness of the bolting flange ( see Table 8 ) whichever is thinner.IS : 803 .3. f) For attachment Types B. d) Opening in the reinforcing plate Dp shall be equal to O. For other type of attachments DS shall be established by manufacturer as required. of neck Do + 3 mm. 11 ) ( Clause 7.7. DB 500 725 650 600 825 750 750 975 900 900 1 125 1 050 b) The minimum neck thickness Tp shall be the thickness of the shell plate. but in no case shall it be thinner than the following: Shell Thickness mm 5-20 21-25 26-30 31-36 37-40 Thickness of Neck.1 ) All dimensions in millimetres. e) Sizes of fillet welds (leg length) for attachment Type A shall be as follows: e =≥ 3T/4.7. or t/2 with a minimum of 10 mm where t exceeds 10 mm. the manhole reinforcing plate may be decreased accordingly within the limits specified in 6. c) Opening in the shell DS shall be equal to Do + 100 mm for Type A attachments. g = t.D.D. D O. but not less than 6 mm. of cover plate. where t is 10 mm or less.7.2.5. but not more than 12 mm and not less than 8 mm. a) Nominal size.1976 TABLE 9 SHELL MANHOLE DIMENSIONAL DATA ( see Fig.6 and 6.3.

12 TYPICAL SHELL NOZZLES ( see Table 10 ) 47 .IS : 803 .1976 FIG.

this Page is Intentionally Left Blank .As in the Original Standard.

whether or not the purchaser waives any part of the inspection.1 All work of fabrication shall be done in accordance with this code.1 Workmanship 8.1976 FIG. SHOP FABRICATION AND INSPECTION 8. The workmanship and finish shall be first class in every respect subject to the closest inspection by the manufacturer’s inspector.1. 13 SHELL NOZZLE FLANGES ( see Table 10 ) 8. 49 .IS : 803 .

.. .5 5.5 7. NOZZLE CENTRE Tp* E Regular Type Low Type (2) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 11 8. D MINIMUM WALL DISTANCE FROM DISTANCE FROM TANK BOTTOM TO THICKNESS. SCREWED FITTINGS NOMINAL SIZE OF NOZZLE WALL THICKNESS DISTANCE FROM TANK BOTTOM TO NOZZLE CENTRE (1) 900 850 800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 75 50 40 (1) 75 50 40 25 20 (2) Coupling .. *Includes corrosion allowance required for petroleum service. Special consideration should be given for severe service.1976 TABLE 10 SHELL NOZZLES DIMENSIONAL DATA ( see Fig.. SHELL TO FLANGE.1 ) All dimensions in millimetres.3.IS : 803 . . A.. ( Continued ) 50                  Regular Type (3) 230 175 150 125 100 Low Type (4) 140 75 75 75 75              (4) 1 000 950 900 850 800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 430 380 330 280 230 200 175 150 (5) 920 870 820 770 720 670 620 570 520 470 420 370 350 300 250 200 150 120 100 75 . FLANGED FITTINGS NOMINAL SIZE OF NOZZLE. 12 and 13 ) ( Clause 7.5 5 (3) 350 330 330 300 300 300 300 280 280 250 250 250 220 220 200 200 175 175 150 150 B.

f = thickness for pipe wall Tp or reinforcing plate T whichever is lesser.1 ) SIZE OF MANHOLE (1) mm 500 600 COVER PLATE DIAMETER DC (2) mm 650 750 BOLT CIRCLE DIAMETER DB (3) mm 590 690 NO. C and D. the nozzle reinforcing plate may be decreased accordingly within the limits specified in 6. NOTE 5 — Fillet weld sizes for Type A attachment shall be as follows: e = t (shell plate thickness).3. 850 and 900 mm dia nozzles are applicable for use on tank shells up to 25 mm thickness. for neck D0 + 3 mm.3.4.7. For other type of attachments. 800. NOTE 7 — Nozzle pipe wall thicknesses listed above for 650. 750. g = r for shell thicknesses up to 10 mm or t/2 for shell thicknesses greater than 10 mm.0 19.IS : 803 .7. their wall thickness shall be as follows: t Tp 28 32 36 40 14 17.1976 TABLE 10 SHELL NOZZLES DIMENSIONAL DATA — Contd NOTE 1 — If neck thickness on a built-up nozzle is greater than the required minimum. 700.7. 14 ) ( Clause 7. OF BOLTS (4) BOLT HOLE DIAMETER (5) mm 16 20 18 18 51 .D.5.0 TABLE 11 ROOF MANHOLES ( see Fig.6 and 6. 6.7. fillet weld sizes shall be in accordance with 6. NOTE 6 — For attachment Types B.3. When these nozzles are installed on thicker shell plate.3.7. NOTE 3 — Opening in the reinforcing plate Dp shall be equal to O. NOTE 2 — Opening in the shell DS shall be equal to D0 + 65 mm for Type A attachments.5 19. NOTE 4 — Standard size of reinforcing plate DL = 2 DS. DS shall be established by manufacturer as required.

1976 FIG. 14 TYPICAL ROOF MANHOLE ( see Table 11 ) ROOF NOZZLES ( see Fig.1 ) TABLE 12 NOMINAL SIZE OF NOZZLE (1) mm 40 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 PROJECTION OF NOZZLE H (2) mm 150 150 150 150 150 150 200 200 52 .IS : 803 . 15 ) ( Clause 7.5.

15 TYPICAL ROOF NOZZLES ( see Table 12 ) 53 .IS : 803 .1976 FIG.

17 ) ( Clause 7.6.2 ) All dimensions in millimetres.IS : 803 . AND DIA OF STUDS (11) 4 of 16 mm 4 of 16 mm 8 of 16 mm 8 of 20 mm 54 . 16 TABLE 13 TYPICAL WATER DRAW-OFF SUMP DETAIL OF DRAIN PAD FOR ELEVATED TANKS ( see Fig.1976 FIG. NOMINAL SIZE (1) 50 75 100 150 A (2) 50 90 120 170 B (3) 150 190 230 280 C (4) 120 150 190 240 D (5) 22 25 28 32 E (6) 65 105 135 185 F (7) 42 45 45 50 G (8) 25 25 25 32 H (9) 15 19 22 24 J (10) 90 120 150 200 NO.

18 ) ( Clause 7.IS : 803 . TABLE 14 ARC WIDTH UPPER UPPER BOTTOM SPECIAL NO. 17 TYPICAL DRAIN PAD FOR ELEVATED TANKS ( see Table 13 ) FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS ( see Fig. OF DIAOF SHELL CORNER CORNER FLANGE BOLT BOLTS METER OF REINFORCING RADIUS RADIUS OF WIDTH SPACING OF HEIGHT ( h ) PLATE SHELL BOLTS × WIDTH ( b ) OPENING REINFORCING PLATE SIZE OF OPENING (1) 600 × 600 900 × 1 200 1 200 × 1 200 W (2) 1 800 2 650 3 125 r1 (3) 200 375 400 r2 (4) 725 1 025 1 280 f (5) 85 120 125 g (6) 80 105 110 (7) 36 46 52 (8) 20 25 25 55 .8 ) All dimensions in millimetres.1976 FIG.

5 16. 18 ) ( Clause 7. BOLTING FLANGE AND REINFORCING PLATE FOR FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS ( see Fig. T FOR OPENING SIZE HEIGHT 600 × 600 900 × 1 200 1 200 × 1 200 600 × 600 900 × 1 200 1 200 × 1 200                (2) t+3 t+5 t+6 t+10 t+12 (3) t+2 t+3 t+5 t+8 t+6 (4) t+3 t+6 t+6 t+10 t+12 (1) m 6.0 18. NOTE 2 — The reinforced opening shall be completely preassembled into a first course shell plate. 18 ) ( Clause 7.00 18.50 16. The width or height of the clear opening shall not exceed 1 200 mm. tc FOR OPENING SIZE MINIMUM THICKNESS OF BOTTOM REINFORCING PLATE.8 ) All dimensions in millimetres unless otherwise specified. except that the upper corners of the opening shell have a radius at least equal to one-third the greatest height of the clear opening. then the attachment welds shall be thermally stress relieved at a temperature of 600 to 650°C for 1 hour per 25 mm of thickness.8 ) All dimensions in millimetres unless otherwise specified.25 12.25 (2) 10 12 12 14 16 (3) 16 19 22 25 25 (4) 16 22 22 25 28 600 × 600 900 × 1 200 1 200 × 1 200 600 × 600 900 × 1 200 1 200 × 1 200 (5) 12 12 14 16 28 (6) 22 25 28 32 38 (7) 22 28 32 36 36 TABLE 16 THICKNESS AND HEIGHT OF SHELL REINFORCING PLATE FOR CLEANOUT FITTINGS ( see Fig. L MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF SHELL REINFORCING FOR OPENING SIZE TANK PLATE. HEIGHT OF REINFORCING PLATE. tb FOR OPENING SIZE                (1) m 6.25 12. NOTE 3 — If any plate in the unit has a thickness greater than 16 mm.IS : 803 .0 10.00 10. 56                (5) 850 850 850 850 850 (6) 1 400 1 400 1 400 1 400 1 400 (7) 1 700 1 700 1 700 1 700 1 700                .25 t = thickness of first shell course. MAXIMUM TANK HEIGHT MINIMUM THICKNESS OF BOLTING FLANGE AND COVER PLATE. NOTE 1 — Opening for a cleanout fitting shall be rectangular.1976 TABLE 15 THICKNESS OF COVER PLATE.

15 and 16 ) 57 .IS : 803 . 18 TYPICAL FLUSH TYPE CLEANOUT FITTINGS ( see Tables 14.1976 FIG.

IS : 803 . 19 TYPICAL GAUGE-WELL INSTALLATION ON EXISTING NOZZLE OF CONE ROOF TANKS .1976 58 FIG.

Shearing shall be limited to 10.3 Plate Edge Preparation — The edges of plates may be sheared.3 All machined surfaces and bolts and nuts shall be left unpainted and coated with an approved corrosion inhibitor in a petroleum base before despatch. When edges of plates are oxygen-cut. chipped or machine oxygen-cut.1 All plates and structural members shall be marked in accordance with a marking diagram to be supplied by the manufacturer. 8. stairways. 8. Protective coatings may be used on surfaces to be welded subject to their inclusion in a welding procedure qualification test. or by methods that will not injure it.1 All roof structural members. the resulting surface shall be uniform. painting shall be as specified in 8.6 Marking 8. Tank plates shall be despatched unpainted.4 Shaping of Shell Plates — Shell plates may be shaped to suit the curvature of the tank and erection procedure to the following schedule: Nominal Tank Diameter Nominal Plate Thickness.3. marked. 8.00 mm for butt-welded joints. shall be thoroughly cleaned and freed from rust and scale and painted with a primary coat of an approved paint before despatch.5.5. Heating or hammering is not permissible unless the material is heated to a forging temperature. Min mm m 12 and less 5 10 20 and less 40 and less 13 16 All Except where otherwise specified by the purchaser. Circumferential edges of roof and bottom sketch plates or annulars may be manually oxygen-cut.5.5.2 Straightening — Straightening of material shall be done by pressing before being laid out or worked on in any way.1 to 8. 59 . 8.6.5. all shell plates shall be rolled to correct curvature. 8. it is recommended that the whole of the tank material including mounting should have the mill scale removed by pickling or alternatively by sand or shot-blasting and be painted with an approved primer immediately after cleaning. handrails.5 Shop Painting — Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. 8. and acceptance thereof.1976 8. etc. which shall also bear such other marks as may be required to facilitate erection. A fine film of rust adhering after wire brushing on cut or sheared edges that are to be welded need not be removed.IS : 803 . smooth and free from scale and slag accumulations before welding.2 Where facilities are available. 8.

all rivets.IS : 803 . which in the case of plates.3 The manufacturer shall guarantee compliance with the provisions of this standard if required to do so by the purchaser. shall be in the corner approximately 150 mm from either edge. 8. the cost of such tests shall be borne by the manufacturer. 8.6 All gauges and templates necessary to satisfy the inspector shall be supplied by the manufacturer.8.6.1. 8.8 Inspection 8. it shall be liable to rejection. such marks shall be on the concave side.1 The inspector shall have free access at all reasonable times to those parts of the manufacturer’s works which are concerned with the fabrication of the steel work and shall be afforded all reasonable facilities for satisfying himself that the fabrication is being undertaken in accordance with the provisions of this standard. SITE ERECTION 9.1976 8. railing connections and other small parts shall be packed separately and all other tank material shall be suitably packed so as to prevent damage or distortion during transit. In addition.2 Unless otherwise specified.8.2 Erection marks shall be painted clearly on plates and structural members in white paint and shall be at least 50 mm high. and if satisfactory. they shall be hand stamped in symbols not less than 12 mm high.5 Defects which may appear during fabrication shall be made good in a manner acceptable to the purchaser’s inspector.8.1 Foundations 9. 8. The inspector may at his discretion check the test results obtained at the manufacturer’s works by independent tests at the National Test House or elsewhere and should the material so tested be found to be unsatisfactory.7 Packing — All projecting plates and all ends of members at joints shall be stiffened.8. 9.1 The foundation for receiving the tank bottom shall be provided by the purchaser unless otherwise stated in the purchase order. all screwed ends and machined surfaces shall be suitably packed. 8. It shall 60 . For curved plates. 8.8. No structure or part of the structure once rejected shall be resubmitted for test except in cases where the purchaser or his authorized representative considers the defect as rectifiable.8. the cost shall be borne by the purchaser.4 Should any structure or part of a structure be found not to comply with any of the provisions of this standard. inspection shall be made at the place of manufacture prior to despatch and shall be conducted so as not to interfere unnecessarily with the operation of the work. 8. bolts. all straight plates shall be bundled.

2 Where concrete ringwalls are not provided. 9.1. 9.1. 9. Irregularities and dirt which would prevent metal to metal contact at the jointing faces shall be removed.3 Erection of Plates 9. 9.2 The first course of shell plates shall be held in position by metal clamps or other devices attached to the bottom plates whilst it is plumbed and checked for circularity and before it is tack welded to the bottom.3.3.1.3. the foundation under the shell shall be level within ±3 mm in any 3 metres of circumference and within ±12 mm in the total circumference.3. Particular attention shall be given to the removal of buckles and other forms of distortion in shell and bottom plates. the top of the ringwall shall be level within ±3 mm in any 10 metres of circumference and within ±6 mm in the total circumference. Where the bearing power of the soil is poor.1 Where concrete ringwalls are provided under the shell.1 Plate Holding Devices — The method of holding the plates in position during welding and all devices used for this purpose should be approved by the purchaser. The method of filling any holes made shall be approved by the purchaser. special soil investigation shall be carried out to determine the most practical and economical procedure for stabilization of the tank foundation and determination of maximum allowable tank height.2 All reasonable care shall be taken to prevent damage to the foundation during erection. 9. 9.1 Holes in platework to assist in erection should be avoided as far as possible.3.3.1.3.IS : 803 .2 Preparation of Materials — All materials shall be inspected and faired as necessary at site to ensure that any damage received during transportation is corrected before erection to the satisfaction of the purchaser’s representative.4 Erection Holes and Attachments 9.2 Lugs attached by welding to the tank and required only for the purpose of erection shall be removed on completion of erection without 61 . 9.4. which is essential for tank shells being built to tolerances specified in 9.1.1976 be properly consolidated.3. 9. 9. 9.3 Lap Joints — All lap joints shall be held in close contact during welding and the surface in contact shall be thoroughly cleaned before assembly.5.4.3 Level foundations shall be provided for tank erection. The foundation should have adequate bearing power to maintain the levelness of foundation till hydraulic test.3.

1 Plates to be joined by butt welding shall be matched accurately and retained in position during the welding operation. b) Radii measured at 300 mm above the bottom corner weld shall not exceed the following tolerances: Diameter Range.2 In completed horizontal butt joints.3.1976 damaging the parent metal. All such weldments on the exterior of tank shall be ground smooth to present a neat appearance.3.6.7 Tank shells shall be safeguarded from damage due to wind by provision of steel wire guys or any other means until completion of roof framing or the wind girder in the case of an open top tank. 9.2 The top of the tank shell shall be carefully checked for circularity. 62 . Such areas shall be inspected carefully and shall be reinforced by weld deposit if required.3.5. whichever is the larger. 9. 9. m 0 to 12 excluding 12 to 45 excluding 45 to 75 excluding Over 75 Radius Tolerance.6 Alignment 9.5 mm for plates 20 mm thick and under. and 3 mm for plates over 20 mm thick.6. These tolerances may be waived by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer: a) The maximum out-of-plumbness of the top of the shell relative to the bottom of the shell shall not exceed 1/200 of the total tank height.5 mm is permissible of upper plate less than 8 mm thick.3. except that a projection of 1.3. with a maximum of 3 mm.5.IS : 803 . 9. dimensions and level before the roof members (fixed roof tank) or the primary wind girder (floating roof tank) are erected. 9. the upper plate shall not project beyond the face of the lower plate at any point by more than 20 percent of the thickness of the upper plate.5 Circularity and Shape 9. d) Bending of horizontal weld joints measured by a straightedge of 1 m length shall not exceed 12 mm.3. mm ±12 ±18 ±25 ±32 c) Peaking of vertical weld joints measured over an arc length of 1 m shall not exceed 12 mm.1 Tank shells shall be built to the following tolerances to produce a tank of acceptable appearance and to permit proper functioning of floating roofs.3. Misalignment in completed vertical joints shall not exceed 10 percent of the plate thickness or 1.

1976 9.1 The differences in the gap between the shell and the periphery of the roof during erection of the roof shall not exceed 12 mm from the nominal gap.1 The welding sequence for tack welding and final welding of the bottom. 10.2. 63 .1.2 The distance from the centre of the floating roof assembly to the vertical face of its outer circumferential rim.1 General 10.IS : 803 . 10. Welding shall not be done when the base metal temperature is less than – 18°C. 10. The welding may be performed manually. whichever is the greater. When the base metal temperature is between – 18°C and 0°C or the thickness is in excess of 32 mm.3 Notwithstanding the various tolerances for shell dimensions. the difference in the gap between the shell and the periphery of the roof shall not exceed 50 mm from the nominal value or such other limit specified by the manufacturer depending on the adaptability of the sealing mechanism provided by the manufacturer. in any direction. the surface of the two plates to be joined shall be pre-heated to a temperature warm to the hand to a distance of not less than four times the plate thickness.4.2.1. SITE WELDING 10.4 Tolerances in Floating Roof Tanks 9. 10. shell and roof plates shall be such as to minimize the distortion due to welding shrinkage. automatically or semi-automatically using suitable equipment.3 Weather Conditions — Welding shall not be carried out when the surfaces of the parts to be welded are wet from any cause and during periods of rain and high winds unless the welder and work are properly shielded.2 The welding procedure in general and the qualification of welders shall be as specified in IS : 823-1964* and IS : 817-1966†.4. 9. *Code of procedure for manual metal arc welding of mild steel. before welding is begun. 9. and during the course of the welding operation this pre-heat temperature shall be maintained in the specified area. prior to fitting the sealing mechanism. †Code of practice for training and testing of metal arc welders ( revised ). and the floating roof.2 The welding sequence to be adopted shall be the subject of agreement between the purchaser and the erector.1 Tanks and their structural attachments shall be welded by the metal arc or submerged-arc process.2 Welding Sequence 10. 10. or 75 mm.4. shall have a tolerance of 12 mm for tanks up to 44-metre diameter and 25 mm for tanks with diameters over 44 metres.

6.6 Welding Procedure 10. 10. Welding procedure qualifications for vertical and horizontal welds for design metal temperatures less than 10°C shall include impact tests in the weld metal and heat affected zone. or when the back of the initial bead is smooth and free from crevices which might entrap slag.2 The reverse side of full penetration butt joints shall be cleaned thoroughly prior to the application of the first bead to this side. or the thinner plate joined. 10.6.m) at the design metal temperature.6 Peening of welds shall not be carried out except by agreement between the tank erector and the purchaser. 10. 64 . In no case shall the final layer of the weld be peened. 10. roof and circumferential joints of the shell. Slag shall also be removed from the finished welds before inspection.6.6.IS : 803 .1 Each layer of weld metal in multi-layer welding shall be cleaned of slag and other deposits before the next layer is applied.6. need not be removed provided they are sound and the subsequent weld beads are thoroughly fused into the tack welds. †Specification for covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steel: Part II For welding sheets ( fourth revision ).7 Welding procedures used shall produce weldments whose mechanical properties are consistent with the plate material joined. 10. preferably by not more than 1. 10.5 kgf.m (2. 10.4 There shall be no undercutting of the base metal.5 Tack Welds — Tack welds used in the assembly of the vertical joints of tank shells. upon field inspection.5 mm.4 Electrodes — Electrodes shall be in accordance with IS : 814 (Part I)-1974* or IS : 814 (Part II)-1974† as required. The impact tests shall show an average of at least 25.5 N.1976 10. This may be done by chipping. and those used for assembling the shell to the bottom shell be removed and shall not remain in the finished joint. by other methods which may.6. *Specification for covered electrodes for metal arc welding of structural steel: Part I For welding products other than sheets ( fourth revision ).3 The weld metal of both sides of all butt joints shall be built up so that the finished face in the area of fusion extends above the surface of the adjoining plates. They shall be stored in a dry place in their original packets or cartons. Tack welds in the bottom.6. except on horizontal welds where undercutting up to 1 mm is permissible. 10. in a manner that will leave the exposed surface suitable for the fusion of the weld metal to be added.5 The edges of all welds shall merge with the surface of the adjoining plates without a sharp angle. grinding or gouging. be acceptable to the purchaser. and other joints.

†Code of practice for radiographic testing. after etching. RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION OF SHELL JOINTS 11. One face of the specimen shall be substantially parallel to and within 1. Also.1 The purchaser’s inspector shall have at all times free entry to all parts of the job while work under the contract is being performed.2 Material damaged by defective workmanship.2 Preparation for Examination — All butt-welded joints to be radiographed shall be prepared as follows: The weld ripples or weld surface irregularities on both the inside and outside shall be removed by any suitable mechanical process to such a degree that the radiographic contrast resulting from any irregularities cannot mask or be confused with the image or any objectionable defect.IS : 803 . The manufacturer shall afford to purchaser’s inspector. the impact specimens shall be taken as near midway between the surface and the centre of thickness as practical. The specimen shall be oriented so that the notch is normal to the surface of the material.7 Inspection 10. 11. or otherwise defective.85 is specified. the notch in the heat-affected zone. 10. shall be rejected.1 Application — Spot radiographic inspection by X-ray or gammaray shall be confined to shell joints on tanks where a joint efficiency factor of 0.1976 Weld metal impact specimens shall be taken across the weld with the notch in the weld metal.7. 65 . the weld surface shall merge smoothly into the plate surface.5 mm of the surface of material 25 mm and thinner. The specimens shall be of sufficient length to locate. Heat-affected zone impact specimens shall be taken across the weld and as near the surface of the material as is practical. 10. The finished surface of the reinforcement may be flush with the plate or may have a reasonable uniform crown not to exceed the following values: *Recommended practice for radiographic examination of fusion welded butt joints in steel plates ( first revision ). free of cost. 11. The manufacturer shall be liable to furnish new material promptly or correct defective workmanship to the satisfaction of the purchaser’s inspectors. Procedure and technique adopted shall be in accordance with IS : 1182-1967* and IS : 2595-1963†.7. For material more than 25 mm thickness. reasonable facilities to assure him that the work is being performed in accordance with this standard. The notch shall be cut approximately normal to the material surface to include as much heat-affected zone material as possible in the resulting fracture.

3 Number and Location of Radiographs 11. It is therefore permissible to inspect the work of two welders or welding operators with one spot radiograph if they weld opposite sides of the same butt joint. Thereafter. 11. b) Horizontal joints — Where complete penetration and complete fusion are specified. an equal number of spot radiographs shall be taken from the work of each welder or welding operator.3. d) When two or more tanks are erected in the same location for the same purchaser. without regard to the number of welders or welding operators working thereon. 66 . except that this requirement shall not apply where the length of joint welded by a welder or welding operator is much less than average. one radiograph shall be taken in each additional 50 m (approximately) and any remaining major fraction thereof. and any remaining major fraction thereof.IS : 803 . of horizontal joint of the same type and thickness. plates shall be considered of the same thickness when the difference in the specified or design thickness does not exceed 0. When a spot radiograph is rejected. the number of spot radiographs to be taken may be based on the aggregate length of welds of the same type and thickness in each group of tanks rather than on the length of weld in each individual tank.8 mm. it shall be determined by further spot radiographs whether one or both welders or welding operators were at fault.5 3 Up to 12. either concurrently or continuously.1 Radiographs shall be taken as follows: a) Vertical joints — One spot radiograph shall be taken in the first 3 m of completed vertical joint of each type and thickness welded by each welder or welding operator. of vertical joints of the same type and thickness. without regard to the number of welders or welding operators working thereon.2 It is to be recognized that the same welder or welding operator may or may not weld both sides of the same butt joint.3.3 As far as possible. one additional spot radiograph shall be taken in each additional 25 m (approximately). with a minimum of two such intersections per tank. c) For the purpose of this section. including Over 12 and up to 25 including Over 25 11. At least 25 percent of the selected spots shall be at junctions of vertical and horizontal joints.1976 Plate Thickness mm Maximum Thickness of Reinforcement mm 1. 11.5 2.3. one spot radiograph shall be taken in the first 3 m of completed horizontal joint of the same type and thickness (based on the thickness of the thicker plate at the joint). Thereafter.

11. the permissible sum of the lengths of all inclusions shall be proportionately less than T. However. the radiographs shall be submitted to the inspector. The maximum pore dimension shall be 20 percent of T or 3 mm. If the weld is less than 150 mm long. When the length of the radiograph is less than 6T. The film shall be centred on the weld and shall be of sufficient width to permit adequate space for the location of identification marks and thickness gauge or penetrometer.5 As welding progresses.3. 11. b) Any individual elongated inclusion having a length greater than two-thirds the thickness of the thinner plate of the joint.5 Film Defects — All radiographs shall be free from excessive mechanical processing defects which would interfere with proper interpretation of the radiographs. where the sum of the longest dimensions of all such imperfections is greater than T (where T is the thickness of the thinner plate joined) in a length of 6T. who may be nominated by the purchaser. the total area of porosity shall be reduced in proportion. c) Any group of inclusions in line. radiographs shall be taken as soon as practicable.1976 11. where T is the thickness of the weld.3. whichever is smaller.060T mm2 in any 150 mm length of weld. incomplete fusion. provided the limits of the deficient welding are clearly defined. 11. d) Porosity in excess of that shown as acceptable in the following specifications: 1) The total area of porosity as determined from the radiographic film shall not exceed 0. except when each of the individual spaces between imperfections is greater than three times the length of the longer of the adjacent imperfections. 11. shall be judged unacceptable: a) Any crack.6 Submission of Radiographs — Prior to any repairs of welds.4 Film — Each radiograph shall clearly show a minimum of 150 mm of weld length. except that an isolated pore 67 . 11. and no such inclusion shorter than 6 mm shall be the cause for rejection.IS : 803 . with such information as he may request regarding the radiographic technique used. or incomplete penetration. no such inclusion shall be longer than 20 mm. regardless of the plate thickness.4 The locations for taking spot radiographs may be determined by the purchaser’s inspector.7 Radiographic Standards — Sections of welds which are shown by radiography to have any of the following imperfections.

porosity may be clustered to a concentration four times that permitted by 0. If any 68 . randomly dispersed porosity indications. whichever is less. 5) Permissible porosity indications for weld thicknesses intermediate to those illustrated may be evaluated either by comparison with the next thinner material or by calculation. as shown in Table 17. an additional radiograph need not be taken of the weld on that side of the defect. 11.IS : 803 . When porosity indications differ significantly from the porosity charts. Aligned porosity indications shall be counted in the total area of permissible indications in any 100 mm length of weld. two adjacent spots shall be examined by radiography. if the original radiograph shows at least 75 mm of acceptable weld between the defect and any one edge of the film.7. the inspector shall have the option of requiring that one radiograph be taken at any selected location on any other joint on which the same welder (or operator) has welded. The charts represent full-scale 150 mm radiographs and shall not be enlarged or reduced. 4) Aligned porosity shall be acceptable. If the weld at either of the two adjacent sections fails to comply with the requirements of 11. each pore shall be separated by a distance at least six times the diameter of the largest adjacent pore. However. However.060T. If the welding is replaced. The porosity distributions shown are not necessarily the patterns that may appear on the radiograph but are typical of the number and size of indications permitted. 3) In any 25 mm length of weld or 2T. the actual numbers and sizes of the pores may be measured and the total area of porosity calculated. or the limits of the deficient welding are not defined by such radiograph. 20 to 23 illustrate various types of assorted and uniform. Dark images of a generally circular or oval shape shall be interpreted as porosity for the purposes of this standard. whichever is less. or the erector may replace all the welding performed by the welder or welding operator on that joint.7.1976 separated from an adjacent pore by 25 mm or more may be 30 percent of T or 6 mm. 2) The porosity charts in Fig.8 Determination of Limits of Defective Welding — When a section of weld is shown by a radiograph to be unacceptable under the provisions of 11. provided the summation of the diameters of the pores is not more than T in a length 12T or 150 mm. additional nearby spots shall be examined until the limits of unacceptable welding are determined. whichever is smaller. Such clustered porosity shall be included in the porosity in any 150 mm length of weld which includes the cluster. These charts represent the maximum acceptable porosity for each thickness.

and rewelding. the films shall be the property of the purchaser.50 0.7( d )(5) ] TOTAL AREA WELD THICKNESS OF PERMITTED POROSITY (1) (2) cm2 3 6 12 20 25 40 50 0.1 Bottom Testing 12. unless otherwise agreed between the purchaser and the erector.30 0.7.80 LARGE PORES Size (3) mm — — 2.20 1. TESTING OF TANKS 12.2 3.40 0.40 0.2 3.90 1.                            69 .70 0. 11. After the completion of the structure.80 0. as required.4 Number (6) — 31 40 50 50 50 51 FINE PORE Size (7) mm 0. Soap suds or other suitable material shall be applied to all joints for detection of leaks. 20 to 23 ) [ Clause 11. the bottom shall be tested by pumping air beneath the bottom plates to a pressure just sufficient to lift them off the foundation and in any case.5 3.0 1. with their identification marks.0 Number (8) 40 100 101 99 101 99 100 12.90 1.IS : 803 . not less than 100 mmH2O gauge.60 0.20 0. The pressure shall be held by the construction of a temporary dam of clay or other suitable material around the tank periphery.60 0.6 0.10 0.1.1 After the bottom and at least the bottom course of shell plates have been welded.9 Repair of Defective Welds — Defects in welds shall be repaired by chipping or melting out such defects from one or from both sides of the joint.2 Number (4) — — 4 4 5 7 10 MEDIUM PORE Size (5) mm — 0. All repaired welds in joints shall be checked by repeating the original test procedure.10 Record of Radiographic Examination — A record shall be made by the erector of all films.05 0. the limits of unacceptable welding shall be determined as specified for the initial section.40 0. TABLE 17 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE POROSITY INDICATIONS IN RADIOGRAPHS PER 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD ( see Fig. Only sufficient cutting out of defective joints is required as is necessary to correct the defects. 11.2 3. on a developed shell plate diagram.1976 of such additional spots fails to comply with the requirements of 11.

12.2 In the joints between roof plates only. When floating roofs are erected by floatation method. fuel oil may be used instead of air and soap suds to test for leaks. 12.2. 12.3. whether between shell plates or bottom plates or both. testing shall be by filling the tank with water to the level of the top leg of the top-curb angle and noting any leaks.2 Shell Testing 12.1976 12.2 Where local conditions are such that testing with water is impractical.1. 12. Soap suds or other suitable material shall be applied to all joints for the detection of leaks. 12. 12.3 In all other joints.4.1 When the tank-shell is tested with water. in the case of pressure roof tanks to a pressure of one-and-a-quarter times the pressure at which the pressure side of the pressure/vacuum-relief valve is designed to open.2 When water is not available for testing the tank-shell. those of open-top or floating roof tanks after completion of the wind girder.2 Subject to agreement of the purchaser. Figure 24 shows typical details of a vacuum box. the roof weld seams may be tested by vacuum box method. Alternatively.IS : 803 .4 When the tank is filled with water for testing. the shell shall be tested concurrently with erection. leaks shall be repaired only by welding.1 The shells of fixed roof tanks shall be tested after the completion of the roof.4. In the case of non-pressure tanks. 12.4 Repair of Leaks 12.4. defects in the shell joints shall be repaired with the water level at least 300 mm below the joint being repaired.3. the roof shall be tested by pumping air under the roof plates while the tank is still full of water.3 Fixed Roof Testing 12. Whenever possible.2. However.1 All leaks detected during testing shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the purchaser and on completion the entire tanks shall be tight and free from leaks. pinhole leaks may be repaired by mechanical caulking. or by pressurising the tank with air. 12. after first cutting out the defective part. if necessary.3 Alternatively. the roof shall be tested by air as described in 12.4. and carefully examining the joints for any leakage by means of soap suds.2.1. 12. the air pressure not exceeding the weight of the roof plates. the roof shall be tested to a pressure of 73 mmH2O gauge. the tank shall be tested by painting or spraying all joints on the inside with a highly penetrating oil and noting any leaks. 70 . the bottom seams may be tested by the vacuum box method.2. where there is any indication of considerable porosity the leaks shall be sealed by laying down an additional layer of weld metal over the porous sections.

12 mm WELD THICKNESS ( see TABLE 17 ).1976 FIG.20 cm2 71 .IS : 803 . TOTAL PORE AREA PERMITTED 0. 20 RADIOGRAPHIC POROSITY STANDARDS — TYPICAL NUMBER AND SIZE PERMITTED IN ANY 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD.

TOTAL PORE AREA PERMITTED 0. 21 RADIOGRAPHIC POROSITY STANDARDS — TYPICAL NUMBER AND SIZE PERMITTED IN ANY 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD.1976 FIG.IS : 803 . 20 mm WELD THICKNESS ( see TABLE 17 ).30 cm2 72 .

IS : 803 .40 cm2 73 .1976 FIG. TOTAL PORE AREA PERMITTED 0. 25 mm WELD THICKNESS ( see TABLE 17 ). 22 RADIOGRAPHIC POROSITY STANDARDS — TYPICAL NUMBER AND SIZE PERMITTED IN ANY 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD.

50 mm WELD THICKNESS ( see TABLE 17 ). TOTAL PORE AREA PERMITTED 0.80 cm2 74 .IS : 803 .1976 FIG. 23 RADIOGRAPHIC POROSITY STANDARDS — TYPICAL NUMBER AND SIZE PERMITTED IN ANY 150 mm LENGTH OF WELD.

IS : 803 . 24 DETAIL OF TYPICAL VACUUM BOX 75 .1976 FIG.

d) Internal tank pressure and/or vacuum. bottom. q) Type of bottom construction — lap or butt welded. its design specific gravity. m) Any additional loads to be considered for tank design. roof. and bearing capacity of the soil.1976 12. and t) Scope of supply of tank manufacturer. b) Nominal capacity of tank. structure and other parts. p) List of mountings required and their location on the tank. g) Minimum ambient temperature where tank is located or design metal temperature. h) Corrosion allowance for shell. nor any tanks which have contained oil until the tanks have been emptied. cone. namely.IS : 803 . and in the absence of the purchaser’s inspector.4. s) Extent of painting required and surface preparation. j) Maximum wind speeds. No repairs shall be attempted by the erector on a tank which has contained oil except in a manner approved in writing by the purchaser. APPENDIX A ( Clause 3. dome or open-top. r) Type of roof. cleaned and gas freed in a safe manner. No repairs shall be attempted on tanks while filled with oil. e) Rate of filling and emptying tank. k) Earthquake factor.3 ) INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED BY PURCHASER A-1. The following information shall be supplied by the purchaser in his enquiry: a) Location of tank. f) Product to be stored. 76 . In case of supported cone column supported or truss supported. c) Tank diameter and/or height restrictions. n) Type of foundation.5 No welding shall be done on any tank unless all lines connecting thereto have been completely blanked off.

B-2. ALLOWABLE STRESS B-3.1.1 shall be used without impact testing on tank shells and its reinforcements under these rules for design metal temperatures greater than 10°C. B-1. provisions of the code shall apply.1 Plate materials specified in 4. or any other protective measures deemed necessary. For all other details. B-2. B-2. 77 .9 ) ALTERNATE DESIGN FOR TANK SHELLS B-1.m) (full sized specimen) at the design metal temperature when it is below 10°C.m (2 kgf.m (transverse).6 respectively and shall have a minimum Charpy V-notch impact strength of 20 N.IS : 803 .1 The rules given in this appendix permit the use of a higher design stress and a design based on the specific gravity of the product to be stored.5 kgf. ‡Specification for steel plates for pressure vessels.05 shall be considered in computing maximum allowable stress values for designing the bottom course of tank shells. GENERAL B-1.2 The purchaser should give special consideration to foundations.4 Piping and flanges used shall meet specifications listed under 4. except that an additional safety factor of 1.3 Plate materials used for insert type reinforcement in thickness greater than 50 mm shall conform to IS : 2002-1962† Grade 2B or IS : 2041-1962‡ and shall meet test requirements as specified above. B-2.4 of the minimum ultimate tensile stress whichever is less.7 of the minimum yield stress or 0. Each plate as rolled shall be impact tested at the design metal temperature to show that the average of three Charpy V-notch full sized specimens is a minimum of 4 kgf. These rules can be applied only when specified by the purchaser.5 and 4.3. corrosion allowance. *Specification for structural steel (standard quality) ( fifth revision ). B-3. with the exception of steel conforming to IS : 226-1975*.2 For temperatures lower than 10°C. MATERIALS B-2. Shells designed on the basis of these rules shall incorporate all provisions of this appendix. †Specification for steel plates for boilers.1976 APPENDIX B ( Clause 6. up to – 20°C materials listed in 4.1 The maximum allowable stress including the joint efficiency factor for designing shells shall be 0.m (longitudinal) or 2. steels shall be used and shall demonstrate adequate notch toughness at the design metal temperature.

+ c where S is in kgf/cm2 S where t = minimum thickness in mm. B-5. S = allowable stress as computed from B-3. Plate thicknesses determined by B-4. shown in Fig. B-4. and c = corrosion allowance in mm to be specified by purchaser.1 or 6.3 ) D × G t = ------------------------------------------------------. HYDROSTATIC STRESSES B-5.N/mm2 ≤ 3/7 Min UTS t or 50 ( H – 0.3. H = height from the bottom of the course under consideration to top curb angle or to bottom of any overflow which limits tank filling height in m. provided that the thickness of any course is not less than the course immediately above it.1.+ c where S is in N/mm2 S or 50 ( H – 0.2 shall be checked for hydrostatic stresses S1 by the following equation and shall be increased as required to keep it within specified limits: 4. they shall be butt-welded into the shell as shown.1 The minimum thickness of shell plates shall not be less than that calculated from the following formula or according to 6.1 Stresses in plates due to hydrostatic loading shall not exceed 3/7 of minimum ultimate tensile stress of the material used.1976 B-4. D = nominal diameter of tank in m.3 ) D S1 = -------------------------------------------.5 mm.3.3.IS : 803 . but not less than 1. Where insert type reinforcements.3 ) D = -----------------------------------------.2 whichever is greater: 4.3. SHELL CONNECTIONS B-6. G = specific gravity of liquid to be stored. 25. with the welds having complete penetration and 78 .9 ( H – 0.9 ( H – 0.1 All shell opening connections which require reinforcement shall be attached by welds fully penetrating the shell.2 The manufacturer may use a combination of high strength steel for lower courses and low strength steel for upper courses. PLATE THICKNESS B-4.kgf/cm2 ≤ 3/7 Min UTS t B-6. are used.3 ) D × G = ----------------------------------------------------.

2 All opening connections 300 mm or larger in nominal diameter welded into a shell plate exceeding 25 mm in thickness shall be prefabricated into the shell plate of thickened insert plate and this complete assembly shall be stress-relieved before erection. except for flush type cleanout openings. one additional radiograph shall be taken on all vertical joints.5 Piping attached to nozzles on the shell shall be designed to have maximum flexibility to eliminate or minimize loads on the shell connections imposed by its restraint. however. Alternatively. the spacing is not less than 3 times the shell thickness.3 All welds attaching manholes and nozzles shall be examined by magnetic particle inspection. 79 . All flush types cleanout openings. b) The maximum height of the opening in the shell shall not exceed 900 mm. 25. B-6. but before the hydrostatic test of the tank. These rules shall also apply to the bottom-to-shell joint except that. including the bottom reinforcing plate or annular plate shall be stress-relieved. as an alternative the insert plate or reinforcing plate may extend to and intersect the bottom-to-shell joint at approximately 90°.1976 fusion. the spacing from the periphery weld to a shell butt-weld shall be at least 150 mm from vertical joints or 75 mm from horizontal joints provided that. after stress-relieving if any.4 Flush type cleanout openings in accordance with 7. RADIOGRAPHY B-7.2. B-6.1 Where stress relief has been performed. c) The upper corner radius r1 of a 900 × 1 200 mm shell opening ( see Table 14 ) shall be 600 mm. B-7. the shell reinforcing plate. Nozzle reinforcements shall also be designed to take care of any additional loading caused by piping or other attachments. B-6. The stress-relieving requirements do not apply to the weld to the bottom annular plate. prior to welding the plate assembly into the tank.8 are permissible with the following exception: a) The material for shell plate in the cleanout opening assembly. B-6. the tank bottom reinforcing plate and the neck plate shall conform to requirements of B-2.1 The following additional radiography over the requirements specified in 11 shall be carried out on tanks built under the rules of this appendix: a) On shell plates up to 10 mm thickness. in either case. all weldments and the heat-affected zones on this assembly may be locally stress-relieved by electric induction heating method. Welds attaching manholes and nozzles into these insert plates may have partial penetration as shown in Fig.IS : 803 . B-6.

IS : 803 . 25 INSERT TYPE REINFORCEMENT FOR MANHOLES AND NOZZLES 80 .1976 FIG.

vertical welds shall be fully radiographed. c) On shell plates greater than 25 mm. B-8. the 81 .IS : 803 . after etching.2. in order to minimize the possibility of stress corrosion cracking. it is recommended that consideration be given to the hardness of the inside welds. For material more than 25 mm thickness. d) Butt welds around insert type reinforcements shall be fully radiographed. all the joints shall be radiographed showing at least 50 mm of horizontal weld on either side of the intersection. the notch in the heat-affected zone.2. The specimen shall be oriented so that the notch is normal to the surface of the material. On the lowest course. including the heat-affected zone. B-8. B-8.5 mm of the surface of material 25 mm and thinner. B-8. B-8. Any hardness criteria should be a matter of agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer and should be based on an evaluation of the expected hydrogen sulphide concentration in the product. one additional radiograph shall be taken as close as practicable to the shell/bottom fillet weld.2 Heat-affected zone impact specimens shall be taken across the weld and as near the surface of the material as is practical.2 Welding procedures used shall produce weldments whose mechanical properties are consistent with the plate material joined.m (2. The impact tests shall show an average of at least 25 N. Additionally.3 When the service conditions might include the presence of hydrogen sulphide.1 Weld metal impact specimens shall be taken across the weld with the notch in the weld metal. The specimens shall be of sufficient length to locate. the impact specimens shall be taken as near midway between the surface and the centre of thickness as practical. WELDING PROCEDURES AND INSPECTION B-8. The notch shall be cut approximately normal to the material surface to include as much heat-affected zone material as possible in the resulting fracture.m) at the design metal temperature. Welding procedure qualifications for vertical and horizontal welds for design metal temperatures less than 10°C shall include impact tests in the weld metal and heat-affected zone. One face of the specimen shall be substantially parallel to and within 1.1 Low-hydrogen electrodes shall be used for all manual metal-arc welds of shell courses having a thickness of 14 mm or more. The weld metal and adjacent heat-affected zone often contain a zone of hardness well in excess of RC 22 and could be expected to be more susceptible to cracking than unwelded material.5 kgf. all the joints shall be radiographed showing at least 50 mm of horizontal weld on either side of the intersection.1976 b) On shell plates greater than 10 mm and up to and including 25 mm.

1976 possibility of moisture being present on the inside metal surface. d) Pressure or outbreathing due to expansion and evaporation caused by maximum increase in atmospheric temperatures (thermal breathing). 82 . SCOPE C-1.1 The selection of the tank site and the design and construction of the foundation shall be given careful consideration in order to ensure adequate tank support. and the strength and hardness characteristics of base metal and weld metal. The following rules outline safe and reasonable practices for the normal climatic and normal operating conditions.2 Where abnormal conditions exist or are anticipated. c) Pressure or outbreathing caused by maximum inflow of oil into tanks and the resulting maximum evaporation. FOUNDATION B-9. C-2. such as tanks containing heated oil.2. using flame arrestors or such restrictions and tanks subjected to pipe line surges.5 ) VENT SIZING FOR ATMOSPHERIC AND LOW PRESSURE TANKS C-1. B-9. C-1. receiving oil from wells or traps. larger venting capacity than that indicated by the provisions of this appendix may have to be provided. designed to specifications of this code.1 This appendix applies to the normal and emergency venting requirements for above ground fixed-roof tanks for liquid petroleum storage. Concrete ringwall foundations shall be considered.4.IS : 803 . e) Pressure or outbreathing owing to fire exposure.1 Venting requirements shall be computed for the following conditions: a) Vacuum or inbreathing owing to maximum outflow of oil from tank. APPENDIX C ( Clause 6. The adequacy of the foundation is the responsibility of the purchaser. DETERMINATION OF VENTING REQUIREMENTS C-2. b) Vacuum or inbreathing owing to vapour contraction resulting from a sharp decrease in atmospheric temperature.

4 Pressure Relief C-3. This should be taken into account where noncondensables are present. NORMAL VENTING CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS C-3.IS : 803 . shall provide the venting requirements partially or fully. C-3. for a given tank capacity should be equivalent to: a) values shown in col 3 of Table 18 for oils with a flash point of 40°C or above.1976 C-3.2 Total normal venting capacity shall not be less than the total of the venting requirements arising out of oil movement and thermal effect.2 Venting capacity required for thermal outbreathing.1 Venting capacity required to be provided for maximum oil movement from the tank should be equivalent to 15 m3 per hour of maximum emptying rate. Provision of additional venting capacity in such cases shall be dictated by the type of construction.1 Normal venting capacity shall be computed without exceeding the normal operating pressure or vacuum conditions. C-3. C-3.1 Tanks Having a Weak Roof-to-Shell Attachment — In the case of fixed roof tanks with a roof-to-shell attachment (maximum 5 mm 83 . the required normal venting capacity may be reduced since vapour formation and condensation which occur within the permissible vessel operating pressure.3.0 In the event of a storage tank getting exposed to fire. This also includes gravitational flow of oil to other tanks.5 m3 of free air per hour for each 15 m3 per hour of maximum filling rate. thus avoiding physical damage to the tank.4. for oils of any flash point. C-3.3. C-4. C-4. and b) 35 m3 of free air per hour for each 15 m3 per hour of maximum filling rate for oils with a flash point below 40°C. the venting rate may be in excess of that resulting from a combination of normal thermal effects and oil movement.1 Venting capacity required for maximum movement of oil into tank and the resulting evaporation. including thermal evaporation.4. and b) value shown in col 4 of Table 18 for oils with a flash point below 40°C.2 For tanks storing oils of any flash point venting capacity required resulting from thermal inbreathing shall not be less than that shown in col 2 of Table 18. EMERGENCY VENTING CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS C-4. should be equivalent to: a) 17. For tanks storing volatile liquids. C-3. for oils with a flash point of 40°C or above.3 Vacuum Relief C-3.

Wetted area for the tank shall be the total exposed area of the shell in m2 within a maximum height of 10 m above grade. C-4.1. b) For tanks and storage vessels designed for pressures over 10 N/cm2 (1 kgf/cm2) the total rate of venting shall be determined in accordance with Table 19 for the exposed wetted area not exceeding 280 m2. the total rate of venting shall be calculated by the following formula: CMH = 220 A0.3 The total venting requirements in m3 of free air as enumerated in Table 19 and derived from the formula given in C-4.IS : 803 . should the normal venting capacity prove inadequate.2 Tanks Without Weak Roof-to-Shell Connection — For tanks not having a weak roof-to-shell connection as described in C-4. For exposed wetted area exceeding 280 m2.2 (b) are based on the assumption that the liquid contained in the storage vessel will have similar characteristics as that of hexane since this will provide results which are within an acceptable degree of accuracy as desired. ------------L M where V = volume of free air in m3 per hour from Table 19 or the formula in C-4.82 where CMH = venting requirement in m3 of free air per hour at 10 N/cm2 (1 kgf/cm2) and 15°C. C-4. and A = exposed wetted surface in m2. Provision of additional emergency venting requirements will not be necessary for tanks built to such specification. and M = molecular mass of the specific liquid. the total emergency venting requirement for any specific liquid may be determined by the following formula: 750 CMH of free air = V. the total rate of venting shall be determined in accordance with Table 19. L = latent heat of vaporization of the specific liquid in calories per gram. No increase in venting is required for tanks with more than 280 m2 of exposed wetted surface.1976 single-fillet weld) excess pressure will be safely relieved by the preferential failure of the weak roof-to-shell junction. 84 .2 (b). the required venting capacity for fire exposure will be evaluated as outlined below: a) For tanks designed for pressures of 10 N/cm2 (1 kgf/cm2) or below.

IS : 803 . 0. Relief valves equipped with a weight and level.6 The vent size may be calculated on the basis of maximum allowable working pressure.3. in cases where a vacuum can be created within a tank.075 when 25 mm.4 Since the normal thermal effect can be disregarded during a fire. shall be so designed that the main valve will open automatically and protect the tank in the event of failure of the pilot valve diaphragm or other essential functioning device.1 Normal venting shall be accomplished by a pilot-operated relief valve.1976 C-4. or an open vent with or without a flame-arresting device in accordance with the following requirements: a) A pilot-operated relief valve.5 Total venting capacity shall in no case be less than the values enumerated in Table 19 and in the event of the normal vents being inadequate. C-4.15 and 0. 50 mm and 100 mm thickness of external insulation is provided respectively. pressure relief valve. e) Open vents may be used to provide venting capacity for tanks in which oil with a flash point of 38°C above is stored. should not be used.5 when drainage is provided away from the tank or vessel. C-4. c) PV valves are recommended for use on atmospheric storage tanks in which oil with a flash point below 38°C is stored and for use on tanks containing oil which is heated above the flash point of the oil. C-4. A flame arrester is not considered necessary for use in conjunction with a PV valve. full credit may be taken for the vent capacity provided for normal venting and it can also be assumed that there will be no oil movement into the tanks.2(b) may be multiplied appropriately by one of the following factors when additional protection is provided: a) 0. vacuum protection may be required. for tanks with a capacity of less than 10 m3 used for the storage of any 85 . C-5.1(b) shall be provided. b) A pressure relief valve is applicable on tanks operating above atmospheric pressure. if used. pressure vacuum (PV) valve.7 The total rate of emergency venting as obtained from C-4. as far as possible. for heated tanks where the oil storage temperature is below the oil flash point. NORMAL VENTING C-5.2(a) and C-4. additional emergency vents of the type described in C-5. b) 0. d) Open vents with a flame-arresting device may be used in place of PV valves on tanks in which oil with a flash point below 38°C is stored and on tanks containing oil which is heated above the flash point of the oil.

25 1. open vents may be used as an exception to the requirement for PV valves or flame-arresting devices as called for in (c) and (d) above.5 17 35 50 70 85 170 255 340 425 485 540 595 655 680 765 825 880 965 1 020 1 160 1 275 1 415 1 530 Flash Point Below 40°C (4) 1.4. f) In the case of viscous oils. such as cutback and penetration grade asphalts.3.IS : 803 .75 3 15 30 60 86 115 145 285 425 570 680 795 880 965 1 050 1 135 1 245 1 360 1 475 1 590 1 700 1 925 2 125 2 325 2 550 PRESSURE (OUTBREATHING) (1) m3 7.2 ) [Expressed in cubic metres of free air per hour at 10 N/cm2 (1 kgf/cm2) and 15°C] TANK CAPACITY VACUUM (INBREATHING) (2) 1.2 and C-3. 86                  Flash Point 40°C or Above (3) 1. where the danger of tank collapse resulting from sticking pallets or from plugging of flame arrestors is greater than the possibility of flame transmission into the tank. and for tanks with a capacity of less than 500 m3 used for the storage of crude oil.5 12 60 120 240 360 480 600 1 200 1 800 2 400 3 000 3 600 4 200 4 800 5 400 6 000 7 200 8 350 9 550 10 750 11 950 14 300 16 700 19 100 21 500 NOTE — For tanks with intermediate capacities. TABLE 18 THERMAL VENTING CAPACITY REQUIREMENTS ( Clauses C-3. values may be computed by interpolation.75 8.1976 product.75 3 15 30 60 85 115 145 285 425 570 680 795 880 965 1 050 1 135 1 245 1 360 1 475 1 590 1 700 1 925 2 125 2 325 2 550 .

C-4.IS : 803 . see C-4. venting requirement should be evaluated by interpolation. 87 .4. For intermediate values of wetted surface area.2. C-4-2(b) and C-4.3 and C-4.1976 TABLE 19 TOTAL RATE OF EMERGENCY VENTING REQUIRED FOR FIRE EXPOSURE VERSUS WETTED SURFACE AREA ( Clauses C-4.5 ) [Wetted area versus cubic metres of free air per hour at 10 N/cm2 (1 kgf/cm2) and 15°C] WETTED AREA (1) m2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 240 280 VENTING REQUIREMENT (2) m3/h 600 900 1 200 1 500 1 800 2 100 2 400 2 700 3 000 3 600 4 200 4 800 5 400 6 000 6 800 7 500 8 200 8 850 10 000 11 100 12 150 13 100 14 000 14 850 15 800 16 650 17 400 18 100 18 750 19 950 21 000 NOTE — For exposed wetted surfaces with more than 280 m2 area.2(a).

and covered floating roofs where a pan roof is installed within a fixed roof tank.1 This appendix furnishes minimum requirements to be considered in the design and construction of pontoon. thus minimizing possible fire hazard and reaction of the product with air.2 Floating roof tanks are mainly intended for protection of stored products against evaporation and fire. APPENDIX D ( Clause 6. GENERAL D-2. c) a gauge hatch or a manhole whose cover will lift under abnormal internal pressure.1976 C-6.25 N/cm2 (1. tank or appurtenances. Use of floating roofs can be extended to products having absolute vapour pressures up to 12. b) larger or additional pressure-vacuum valves or pressure relief valves. If a wind skirt or top shell extension is used for the purpose of containing the roof seals at the highest point of travel.5 ) FLOATING ROOFS D-1. D-2. D-1. double-deck type floating roofs. EMERGENCY VENTING C-6. no manual attention shall be required to protect any of these components. Floating roofs control evaporation which is characteristic of some crude oil and other petroleum products.25 kgf/cm2) and containing small percentages of air-vapour explosive mixtures. and NOTE — This shall not be used as a means of emergency venting a tank within a building.1 The floating roof and accessories shall be so designed and constructed as to allow the tank to overflow and then return to a liquid level which floats the roof well below the top of the tank shell without damage to any part of the roof. SCOPE D-1. overflow drainage openings or other means of alarm shall be provided to indicate 88 .1 Emergency venting of a tank may be achieved by the use of: a) larger or additional open vents within limitations specified in C-5. d) a weak roof-to-shell attachment (weaker than the weakest vertical joint in the shell or shell-to-bottom joint) for preferential failure under abnormal internal pressure.IS : 803 . They eliminate filling losses and the vapour space above the product. During such an occurrence. e) other types of construction with provision for pressure relief.

DECK AND PONTOON DESIGN REQUIREMENTS D-3. but no live load need be considered for the preceding design requirements.2 Deck plates shall be joined by continuous full fillet welds on the top side.2 The purchaser shall specify whether the tank shell diameter and height are nominal or whether a net capacity is required up to the bottom of the overflows. either type of roof with the primary drainage inoperative shall accommodate a 250 mm rainfall in a 24-hour period over the entire roof area without sinking (with no compartments or decks punctured). The primary drainage shall be considered as inoperative for either type of roof. Plate buckles shall be kept to a minimum.5 The minimum pontoon volume of a single-deck pontoon roof shall be sufficient to keep the roof floating on a liquid with a specific gravity of 0. D-3. D-3. The roof may be designed to carry the entire 24-hour rainfall.1 It is recommended that roofs be of the contact type designed to eliminate the pressure of any air-vapour mixture under the deck. all deck plates shall have a minimum nominal thickness of 5 mm (40 kg/m2 plate).3 In the case of a covered floating roof.3 Where specified by the purchaser foam dams around the outer edge of the roof shall be provided so that fire fighting foam can be kept in contact with the top side of the roof seal. Such emergency drains shall not allow the product to flow on to the roof deck. full-fillet welds not less than 50 mm long on 250 mm centres shall be used on any plate laps which occur within 300 mm of any such rigid support or member. 89 . unless the tank shell has been designed for a liquid height to the top of the shell extension. D-3. or emergency drains may be installed which will limit the roof load to some lesser volume of water which the roof will carry safely. The minimum pontoon volume of a double-deck roof shall be sufficient to keep the roof floating on a liquid with a specific gravity of 0.1976 and regulate the rise of liquid level in the tank above the nominal height of tank. or other relatively rigid members.IS : 803 . D-2. In addition. D-3.7 if any two pontoon compartments are punctured. D-3.7 if the single deck and any two pontoon compartments are punctured. which are designed with a permanent slope for drainage. shall have a minimum slope of 5 mm in 300 mm and preferably shall be lapped to provide the best drainage.4 Top decks of double-deck roofs and of pontoon sections. the outer rim of the floating roof and the necks of any appurtenances installed through the deck shall have a minimum height of 200 mm. D-2. Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser. On the bottom side where flexure is anticipated adjacent to girders. support legs.

IS : 803 - 1976
Pontoon ring of a single deck floating roof shall have sufficient flexural rigidity to resist compressive loads acting when the deck is punctured or flooded with 250 mm of rain-water. Large diameter pontoon roof tanks installed in areas subject to high winds shall receive special consideration to stiffen the deck area and provide greater safety against wind induced rippling. D-3.6 Each compartment shall be provided with a manway with a rain night cover. The manway covers shall be provided with suitable hold-down fixtures or other means to prevent wind from removing the covers. The top edge of manway necks shall be at an elevation to prevent water entering the compartments under the conditions set forth in D-3.1. D-3.7 All internal bulkhead plates or sheets shall be single-fillet welded along their bottom and vertical edges for liquid-tightness. When specified by the purchaser, the top edge of the bulkhead shall also be provided with a continuous single-fillet weld for liquid-tightness. D-4. ROOF DRAINS D-4.1 Primary drains shall be of the hose, jointed or siphon type. A check valve shall be provided near the roof end of the hose and jointed pipe drains on single-deck and pan-type roofs to prevent backflow of stored product in case of damage to the drain line. Provisions shall be included to prevent kinking of the hose or pinching under the deck legs. Hose drains shall be designed to permit replacement without entering to tank. The swing joints of pipe drains shall be packed to prevent leakage. The primary drain shall be adequate to drain the maximum rain-fall in a 24-hour period without flooding the deck; the minimum size shall be equivalent in capacity to one 75-mm drain. D-4.2 Provision shall also be made to drain rain-water from the deck of pontoon roofs into the tank when the roof is resting on its support legs and the primary drain is operating at its lowest efficiency. D-5. LADDERS D-5.1 The floating roof shall be supplied with a ladder which automatically adjusts to any position of the roof in such manner as always to provide access to the roof. The ladder shall be designed for full roof travel, regardless of normal setting of roof-leg supports. If a rolling ladder is furnished, it shall have full-length handrails on both sides and shall be designed for a 450-kg mid-point load with the ladder in any operating position. D-6 VENTING D-6.1 Suitable vents shall be provided to prevent over-stressing of the roof deck or seal membrane. These vents shall be adequate to evacuate air

90

IS : 803 - 1976
and gases from underneath the roof when the roof is on its supports during filling operations. They shall also be adequate to relieve any vacuum generated underneath the roof after it settles on its supports during withdrawal operations. The purchaser shall specify filling and emptying rates so that the fabricator may size the vents accordingly. D-6.2 In the case of covered floating roof tanks, circulation vents or openings shall be located above the seal of the floating roof when the tank is full. The maximum spacing shall be 10 m but in no case shall there be less than four equally spaced vents. The total open area of these vents shall be equal to or greater than 600 cm2/m of tank diameter. The fixed roof of such tanks shall have an open vent at the centre or at the highest elevation provided with a weather cover and a minimum area of 325 cm2. These vents shall be provided with suitable coarse mesh screens to prevent ingress of birds or animals. D-7. SUPPORTING LEGS D-7.1 The floating roof shall be provided with supporting legs. Legs fabricated from pipe shall be notched or perforated at the bottom to provide drainage. Length of legs shall be adjustable from the top side of the roof. The operating and cleaning position levels of the supporting legs shall be as specified by the purchaser. The manufacturer shall make certain that all tank appurtenances, such as mixers, interior piping, and fill nozzle, are cleared by the roof in its lowest position. D-7.2 Legs and attachments shall be designed to support the roof and a uniform live load of at least 1 250 N/cm2 (125 kgf/cm2) for single-deck and double-deck floating roofs. Where possible, roof load shall be transmitted to the legs through bulk heads or diaphragms. In the case of pan type floating roofs, the supports and attachments shall be designed to support a uniform live load of 625 N/m2 (62.5 kgf/m2) on the deck and shall be such as to prevent damage to the fixed roof when the tank is full. Support attachments in the deck areas in the case of single deck and covered floating roofs, shall be given particular attention to prevent failure at the points of attachment. Steel pads or other means shall be used to distribute the loads on the bottom of the tank. Pads, if used, shall be continuously seal welded to the tank bottom. D-8. ROOF MANHOLE D-8.1 Single-deck and double-deck floating roofs shall have at least one manhole provided for access to the tank interior and for ventilation when the tank is empty. The number of roof manholes shall be as specified by the purchaser. These manholes shall be of at least 600 mm internal diameter and shall have tight-gasketed and bolted covers equivalent to the roof manholes shown in Fig. 14.

91

IS : 803 - 1976
D-8.2 In the case of a covered floating roof, the manhole shall be of at least 600 mm ID or equivalent and may be of the loose-cover type. At least one manhole of the same size shall be provided on the fixed roof for access to the tank interior. D-9. CENTRING AND ANTI-ROTATION DEVICE D-9.1 In the case of single-deck and double-deck floating roofs, suitable devices shall be provided to maintain the roof in centred position and to prevent its rotation. These devices shall be capable of resisting the lateral forces imposed on them by the roof ladder, wind loads and the like. D-9.2 Prevention of rotation of pan roofs shall be achieved by means of a seal or other suitable device. D-10. SEALS D-10.1 The space between the outer periphery of the roof and the tank shell shall be sealed by a flexible device which shall provide a reasonably close fit to the shell surfaces. If the sealing device employs steel shoes in contact with the shell, such shoes shall be made from galvanized sheet with a nominal thickness of 1.6 mm. If uncoated shoes are specified, they shall be made of sheet metal of a thickness and quality as specified by the purchaser. An adequate number but a minimum number of three expansion joints shall be provided. D-10.2 If this sealing device is a coated fabric or other non-metallic material it shall be durable in its environment and shall not discolour or contaminate the product stored. A minimum of four static electricity drains shall be provided when a non-metallic seal is used. The maximum spacing of the static electricity drains shall be 10 m. Any other approved means of draining static electricity may be provided. D-10.3 In the case of covered floating roofs, seals shall be provided to ensure a reasonably close fit to columns or other appurtenances that penetrate the deck, through all horizontal and vertical movements of the deck. These seals shall also be durable in their environment and shall not discolour or contaminate the product stored. D-11. GAUGE HATCH D-11.1 The floating roof shall be provided with a standard gauge hatch and/or gauge well with a tight cap. D-12. FABRICATION, ERECTION, WELDING, INSPECTION AND TESTING D-12.1 Applicable fabrication, erection, welding, inspection and testing requirements of this specification shall apply.

92

1976 D-12. the upper side of the lower deck shall be examined for leaks. D-12. 93 . During this test. D-12.IS : 803 . D-12.3 The roof shall be given a floatation test while the tank is being filled with water and emptied.0 N/cm2 (3. the roof drain valves shall be kept open and observed for leakage of tank contents into the drain lines. The appearance of a damp shot on the upper side of the lower deck shall be considered evidence of leakage.5 Drain pipe and hose systems of primary drains shall be pressure tested with water at 35.2 Deck seams and other joints. which are required to be liquid or vapour tight. shall be tested for leaks by penetrating oil or by any other method consistent with the methods described in this specification for testing cone-roof seams and tank bottom seams.4 The upper side of the upper decks of pontoon and double-deck roof shall be visually inspected for pinholes or defective welding.5 kgf/cm2). During the floatation test.

P U N E . K A N P U R . 337 91 20  60 38 43   60 20 25  235 02 16. N A L A G A R H . 1986 to promote harmonious development of the activities of standardization. in the course of implementing the standard. T. Campus. This Indian Standard has been developed by Technical Committee : SMBDC 7. Road. 323 94 02 Regional Offices: Central Eastern : Manak Bhavan. 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg NEW DELHI 110002 : 1/14 C. if the review indicates that changes are needed. V IS H A K H A P AT N A M . I. 323 33 75. Review of Indian Standards Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Copyright BIS has the copyright of all its publications. This does not preclude the free use. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form without the prior permission in writing of BIS. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publications). E9 MIDC. BIS. Sector 34-A. T H IR U V A N A N T H A PU RA M . CHANDIGARH 160022 Southern : C. New Delhi 110002. 337 85 61   337 86 26. Marol. 832 78 92 Northern : SCO 335-336. BHUBANESHW AR. T. CHENNAI 600113 Western : Manakalaya. 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg. Andheri (East) MUMBAI 400093 BANGALORE. BHOPAL. Scheme VII M. R A JK O T. V. IV Cross Road. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue of ‘BIS Catalogue’ and ‘Standards : Monthly Additions’. No. type or grade designations. G U W A H A T I. Amd. Kankurgachi KOLKATA 700054 Telegrams: Manaksanstha (Common to all offices) Telephone  323 76 17   323 38 41  337 84 99. N A G P U R . L U C K N O W . I. it is taken up for revision. a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are needed. marking and quality certification of goods and attending to connected matters in the country. Telephones: 323 01 31. H Y D E R A B A D . PA T N A . 1 Date of Issue November 1984 BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS Headquarters: Manak Bhavan. 235 04 42   235 15 19. 832 78 58   832 78 91. I. Standards are also reviewed periodically. JA IP U R . such as symbols and sizes. 235 23 15  832 92 95. Branches : A H M E D A B A D . F A R ID AB A D . P. G H AZ IA B A D . of necessary details. C O IM B A T O R E . Amendments Issued Since Publication Amend No.Bureau of Indian Standards BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act.

You're Reading a Free Preview

Download
scribd
/*********** DO NOT ALTER ANYTHING BELOW THIS LINE ! ************/ var s_code=s.t();if(s_code)document.write(s_code)//-->